Ṣaṣṭha Aṃśa, Prathama Adhyāya
Viṣṇu Purāṇa · Word senses (194)
English uses glossary phrases; only names stay in Sanskrit. Hover or tap words in the IAST line, or open Word make-up under each verse. Word senses lists every noun in this chapter.
Devanagari scan
From your Viṣṇucittīya edition (Oriental Institute, 1972). Open PDF
इति श्रीविष्णुपुराणे पञ्चमे ऽंशे ऽष्टत्रिंशो ऽध्यायः व्याख्याता भवता सर्गवंशमन्वन्तरस्थितिः वंशानुचरितं चैव विस्तरेण महामुने
[[iti[[iti (इति)[[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīviṣṇupurāṇeśrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” pañcamepañcame (पञ्चमे)pañcame is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'ṃśe'ṃśe (ऽंशे)'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'ṣṭatriṃśo'ṣṭatriṃśo (ऽष्टत्रिंशो)'ṣṭatriṃśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'dhyāyaḥ'dhyāyaḥ (ऽध्यायः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” ]]]]]] is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vyākhyātāvyākhyātā (व्याख्याता)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” bhavatābhavatā (भवता)bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sargavaṃśamanvantarasthitiḥsargavaṃśamanvantarasthitiḥ (सर्गवंशमन्वन्तरस्थितिः)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” vaṃśānucaritaṃvaṃśānucaritaṃ (वंशानुचरितं)The core matches the root car, “to move.” caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vistareṇavistareṇa (विस्तरेण)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa. mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa
Word make-up
- [[iti (इति)
- [[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- pañcame (पञ्चमे)
- pañcame is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'ṃśe (ऽंशे)
- 'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'ṣṭatriṃśo (ऽष्टत्रिंशो)
- 'ṣṭatriṃśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'dhyāyaḥ (ऽध्यायः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ]]
- ]] is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vyākhyātā (व्याख्याता)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- bhavatā (भवता)
- bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sargavaṃśamanvantarasthitiḥ (सर्गवंशमन्वन्तरस्थितिः)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.”
- vaṃśānucaritaṃ (वंशानुचरितं)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vistareṇa (विस्तरेण)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + stareṇa.
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
व्याख्यातो भवता वंशो यादवानां महात्मनाम्
vyākhyātovyākhyāto (व्याख्यातो)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” bhavatābhavatā (भवता)bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vaṃśovaṃśo (वंशो)vaṃśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yādavānāṃyādavānāṃ (यादवानां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” mahātmanāmmahātmanām (महात्मनाम्)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[6.1.1@2:1]
Word make-up
- vyākhyāto (व्याख्यातो)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- bhavatā (भवता)
- bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vaṃśo (वंशो)
- vaṃśo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yādavānāṃ (यादवानां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- mahātmanām (महात्मनाम्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
अस्ति किंचिन् मया प्रार्थ्यम् अध्यात्मश्रवणेच्छया
astiasti (अस्ति)Present of as: “there is, he/she/it is.” kiṃcinkiṃcin (किंचिन्)kiṃcin is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mayāmayā (मया)Instrumental of asmad: “by me.” prārthyamprārthyam (प्रार्थ्यम्)prārthyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. adhyātmaśravaṇecchayāadhyātmaśravaṇecchayā (अध्यात्मश्रवणेच्छया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + dhyātmaśravaṇecchayā.
[6.1.1@2:2] there is by me
Word make-up
- asti (अस्ति)
- there is
- Present of as: “there is, he/she/it is.”
- kiṃcin (किंचिन्)
- kiṃcin is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mayā (मया)
- by me
- Instrumental of asmad: “by me.”
- prārthyam (प्रार्थ्यम्)
- prārthyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- adhyātmaśravaṇecchayā (अध्यात्मश्रवणेच्छया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + dhyātmaśravaṇecchayā.
सर्वसंशयभेत्तारस् त्वाम् ऋते ऽन्ये न सन्ति भोः
sarvasaṃśayabhettārassarvasaṃśayabhettāras (सर्वसंशयभेत्तारस्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” tvāmtvām (त्वाम्)Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.” ṛteṛte (ऋते)Inflected from ṛta. ṛta: the fitted, the true course (from ṛ, “to go”). What is right-fitted. 'nye'nye (ऽन्ये)'nye is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” santisanti (सन्ति)Present of as: “they are.” bhoḥbhoḥ (भोः)bhoḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:3] you the fitted-true not they are
Word make-up
- sarvasaṃśayabhettāras (सर्वसंशयभेत्तारस्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- tvām (त्वाम्)
- you
- Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- ṛte (ऋते)
- the fitted-true
- Inflected from ṛta. ṛta: the fitted, the true course (from ṛ, “to go”). What is right-fitted.
- 'nye (ऽन्ये)
- 'nye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- santi (सन्ति)
- they are
- Present of as: “they are.”
- bhoḥ (भोः)
- bhoḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
द्वैतम् एके प्रशंसन्ति अद्वैतम् अपरे जनाः
dvaitamadvaitam (अद्वैतम्)a- (“not”) + dvaitam. ekeeke (एके)Inflected from eka. eka: one. The one, a single. praśaṃsantipraśaṃsanti (प्रशंसन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaṃsanti. advaitamdvaitam (द्वैतम्)dvaitam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. apareapare (अपरे)Nominative plural of apara: “others, the further ones.” a-para, “not the near.” janāḥjanāḥ (जनाः)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
[6.1.1@2:4] one a- (“not”) + dvaitam others
Word make-up
- dvaitam (द्वैतम्)
- dvaitam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eke (एके)
- one
- Inflected from eka. eka: one. The one, a single.
- praśaṃsanti (प्रशंसन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaṃsanti.
- advaitam (अद्वैतम्)
- a- (“not”) + dvaitam
- a- (“not”) + dvaitam.
- apare (अपरे)
- others
- Nominative plural of apara: “others, the further ones.” a-para, “not the near.”
- janāḥ (जनाः)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
द्वयं ते के प्रशंसन्ति महात्मानो महामुने
dvayaṃdvayaṃ (द्वयं)dvi: two. Dual forms “these two.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. keke (के)ke is used as a grammatical form in this verse. praśaṃsantipraśaṃsanti (प्रशंसन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaṃsanti. mahātmānomahātmāno (महात्मानो)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:5] two you
Word make-up
- dvayaṃ (द्वयं)
- two
- dvi: two. Dual forms “these two.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- ke (के)
- ke is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- praśaṃsanti (प्रशंसन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaṃsanti.
- mahātmāno (महात्मानो)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अध्यात्मम् अखिलं ब्रह्मन् व्याख्यामि भवतो मुने
adhyātmamadhyātmam (अध्यात्मम्)adhi (“over, with respect to”) + ātman (“self, breath”). That which concerns the self. akhilaṃakhilaṃ (अखिलं)a- (“not”) + khilaṃ. brahmanbrahman (ब्रह्मन्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. vyākhyāmivyākhyāmi (व्याख्यामि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” bhavatobhavato (भवतो)bhavato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:6] that which concerns the self a- (“not”) + khilaṃ that-which-is-vast (brahman)
Word make-up
- adhyātmam (अध्यात्मम्)
- that which concerns the self
- adhi (“over, with respect to”) + ātman (“self, breath”). That which concerns the self.
- akhilaṃ (अखिलं)
- a- (“not”) + khilaṃ
- a- (“not”) + khilaṃ.
- brahman (ब्रह्मन्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- vyākhyāmi (व्याख्यामि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- bhavato (भवतो)
- bhavato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
दुर्बोधत्वाद् एकमनाः शृणुष्व गदतो मम
durbodhatvāddurbodhatvād (दुर्बोधत्वाद्)dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvād. ekamanāḥekamanāḥ (एकमनाः)The core matches the root man, “to think.” śṛṇuṣvaśṛṇuṣva (शृणुष्व)śṛṇuṣva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gadatogadato (गदतो)gadato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
[6.1.1@2:7] dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvād my
Word make-up
- durbodhatvād (दुर्बोधत्वाद्)
- dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvād
- dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvād.
- ekamanāḥ (एकमनाः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- śṛṇuṣva (शृणुष्व)
- śṛṇuṣva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gadato (गदतो)
- gadato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
श्रुत्वावधारय मुने पारं त्व् अस्मान् न विद्यते
śrutvāvadhārayaśrutvāvadhāraya (श्रुत्वावधारय)The core matches the root śru, “to hear.” munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pāraṃpāraṃ (पारं)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. asmānasmān (अस्मान्)a- (“not”) joined to smān. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. Together the form means a + that sense. nana (न)Negation: “not.” vidyatevidyate (विद्यते)From vid, “to know” (vetti, viduḥ, viddhi) or “to be found” (vidyate). Knows; they know; is found; know!
[6.1.1@2:8] smān not know
Word make-up
- śrutvāvadhāraya (श्रुत्वावधारय)
- The core matches the root śru, “to hear.”
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pāraṃ (पारं)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asmān (अस्मान्)
- smān
- a- (“not”) joined to smān. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. Together the form means a + that sense.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- vidyate (विद्यते)
- know
- From vid, “to know” (vetti, viduḥ, viddhi) or “to be found” (vidyate). Knows; they know; is found; know!
न भूतानि हृषीकानि तथान्तःकरणान्य् अपि
nana (न)Negation: “not.” bhūtānibhūtāni (भूतानि)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” hṛṣīkānihṛṣīkāni (हृषीकानि)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” tathāntaḥkaraṇānytathāntaḥkaraṇāny (तथान्तःकरणान्य्)tathāntaḥkaraṇāny is used as a grammatical form in this verse. apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.”
[6.1.1@2:9] not also
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- bhūtāni (भूतानि)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- hṛṣīkāni (हृषीकानि)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.”
- tathāntaḥkaraṇāny (तथान्तःकरणान्य्)
- tathāntaḥkaraṇāny is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
प्राणो वा प्रकृतिर् वापि परं ब्रह्मेति शब्द्यते
prāṇoprāṇo (प्राणो)pra- (“forth”) + an, “to breathe.” Forward-breath; the breath of life. vāvā (वा)Particle: “or.” prakṛtirprakṛtir (प्रकृतिर्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + kṛtir. vāpivāpi (वापि)vā “or” + api “even.” paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” brahmetibrahmeti (ब्रह्मेति)brahmeti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śabdyateśabdyate (शब्द्यते)śabdyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:10] forward-breath or or even beyond
Word make-up
- prāṇo (प्राणो)
- forward-breath
- pra- (“forth”) + an, “to breathe.” Forward-breath; the breath of life.
- vā (वा)
- or
- Particle: “or.”
- prakṛtir (प्रकृतिर्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + kṛtir.
- vāpi (वापि)
- or even
- vā “or” + api “even.”
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- brahmeti (ब्रह्मेति)
- brahmeti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śabdyate (शब्द्यते)
- śabdyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
न सत्ता लक्षणं ब्रह्म यस्मात् सदसतः परम्
nana (न)Negation: “not.” sattāsattā (सत्ता)sattā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. lakṣaṇaṃlakṣaṇaṃ (लक्षणं)lakṣaṇaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. brahmabrahma (ब्रह्म)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. yasmātyasmāt (यस्मात्)Ablative of yad: “from which”; often “because.” sadasataḥsadasataḥ (सदसतः)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” paramparam (परम्)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
[6.1.1@2:11] not that-which-is-vast (brahman) because beyond
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- sattā (सत्ता)
- sattā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- lakṣaṇaṃ (लक्षणं)
- lakṣaṇaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- brahma (ब्रह्म)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- yasmāt (यस्मात्)
- because
- Ablative of yad: “from which”; often “because.”
- sadasataḥ (सदसतः)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- param (परम्)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
उत्पत्तेस् त्व् आत्मनः स्वस्य नाप्य् आकाशः परं विदुः
utpattesutpattes (उत्पत्तेस्)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” ut- (“up, out”) + pattes. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ātmanaḥātmanaḥ (आत्मनः)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self. svasyasvasya (स्वस्य)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” nāpynāpy (नाप्य्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” ākāśaḥākāśaḥ (आकाशः)ā- (“unto, fully”) + kāśaḥ. paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” viduḥviduḥ (विदुः)From vid, “to know” (vetti, viduḥ, viddhi) or “to be found” (vidyate). Knows; they know; is found; know!
[6.1.1@2:12] the self ā- (“unto, fully”) + kāśaḥ beyond know
Word make-up
- utpattes (उत्पत्तेस्)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” ut- (“up, out”) + pattes.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ātmanaḥ (आत्मनः)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
- svasya (स्वस्य)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- nāpy (नाप्य्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- ākāśaḥ (आकाशः)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + kāśaḥ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + kāśaḥ.
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- viduḥ (विदुः)
- know
- From vid, “to know” (vetti, viduḥ, viddhi) or “to be found” (vidyate). Knows; they know; is found; know!
न जातिरूपलब्धेस् तु नेति नेत्य् उच्यते यतः
nana (न)Negation: “not.” jātirūpalabdhesjātirūpalabdhes (जातिरूपलब्धेस्)jātirūpalabdhes is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. netineti (नेति)neti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. netynety (नेत्य्)nety is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ucyateucyate (उच्यते)Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called. yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
[6.1.1@2:13] not but is called which
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- jātirūpalabdhes (जातिरूपलब्धेस्)
- jātirūpalabdhes is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- neti (नेति)
- neti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nety (नेत्य्)
- nety is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ucyate (उच्यते)
- is called
- Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
स्वयं वेद्यं हि तद् ब्रह्म कुमारी स्त्रीसुखं यथा
svayaṃsvayaṃ (स्वयं)sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord. vedyaṃvedyaṃ (वेद्यं)vedyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. brahmabrahma (ब्रह्म)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. kumārīkumārī (कुमारी)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” strīsukhaṃstrīsukhaṃ (स्त्रीसुखं)strīsukhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
[6.1.1@2:14] oneself for that that-which-is-vast (brahman) as
Word make-up
- svayaṃ (स्वयं)
- oneself
- sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord.
- vedyaṃ (वेद्यं)
- vedyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- brahma (ब्रह्म)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- kumārī (कुमारी)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- strīsukhaṃ (स्त्रीसुखं)
- strīsukhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
अच्छेद्यं तद् अभेद्यं तु सत्यं ज्ञानम् अनन्तकम्
acchedyaṃacchedyaṃ (अच्छेद्यं)a- (“not”) + cchedyaṃ. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. abhedyaṃabhedyaṃ (अभेद्यं)a- (“not”) + bhedyaṃ. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. satyaṃsatyaṃ (सत्यं)From sat, “being” (as, “to be”). Being-true; what is as it is. jñānamjñānam (ज्ञानम्)From jñā, “to know.” Knowing; the known-as-knowledge. Not a mystic glow: the act and fruit of knowing. anantakamanantakam (अनन्तकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” a- (“not”) + nantakam.
[6.1.1@2:15] a- (“not”) + cchedyaṃ that a- (“not”) + bhedyaṃ but being-true knowing
Word make-up
- acchedyaṃ (अच्छेद्यं)
- a- (“not”) + cchedyaṃ
- a- (“not”) + cchedyaṃ.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- abhedyaṃ (अभेद्यं)
- a- (“not”) + bhedyaṃ
- a- (“not”) + bhedyaṃ.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- satyaṃ (सत्यं)
- being-true
- From sat, “being” (as, “to be”). Being-true; what is as it is.
- jñānam (ज्ञानम्)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Knowing; the known-as-knowledge. Not a mystic glow: the act and fruit of knowing.
- anantakam (अनन्तकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” a- (“not”) + nantakam.
शुद्धं मुक्तं प्रबुद्धं यत् सुखदुःखविवर्जितम्
śuddhaṃśuddhaṃ (शुद्धं)śuddhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. muktaṃmuktaṃ (मुक्तं)muktaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prabuddhaṃprabuddhaṃ (प्रबुद्धं)pra- (“forth, forward”) + buddhaṃ. yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. sukhaduḥkhavivarjitamsukhaduḥkhavivarjitam (सुखदुःखविवर्जितम्)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” su- (“well, good”) + khaduḥkhavivarjitam.
[6.1.1@2:16] pra- (“forth, forward”) + buddhaṃ which
Word make-up
- śuddhaṃ (शुद्धं)
- śuddhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- muktaṃ (मुक्तं)
- muktaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prabuddhaṃ (प्रबुद्धं)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + buddhaṃ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + buddhaṃ.
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- sukhaduḥkhavivarjitam (सुखदुःखविवर्जितम्)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” su- (“well, good”) + khaduḥkhavivarjitam.
यत् पूर्णम् अचलं नित्यं तथा षड्भाववर्जितम्
yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. pūrṇampūrṇam (पूर्णम्)From pṝ, “to fill.” Filled, full. acalaṃacalaṃ (अचलं)The core matches the root cal, “to stir.” a- (“not”) + calaṃ. nityaṃnityaṃ (नित्यं)From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” ṣaḍbhāvavarjitamṣaḍbhāvavarjitam (षड्भाववर्जितम्)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
[6.1.1@2:17] which full continual so
Word make-up
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- pūrṇam (पूर्णम्)
- full
- From pṝ, “to fill.” Filled, full.
- acalaṃ (अचलं)
- The core matches the root cal, “to stir.” a- (“not”) + calaṃ.
- nityaṃ (नित्यं)
- continual
- From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- ṣaḍbhāvavarjitam (षड्भाववर्जितम्)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
अतीन्द्रियम् अवर्णं तु नित्यानन्दं तथा मुने
atīndriyamatīndriyam (अतीन्द्रियम्)a- (“not”) + tīndriyam. avarṇaṃavarṇaṃ (अवर्णं)a- (“not”) joined to varṇaṃ. From vṛ, “to cover, to choose.” Colour, covering, then class as a covering-name. Together the form means a + that sense. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. nityānandaṃnityānandaṃ (नित्यानन्दं)The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.” ni- (“down, in”) + tyānandaṃ. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:18] a- (“not”) + tīndriyam not colour-class but so
Word make-up
- atīndriyam (अतीन्द्रियम्)
- a- (“not”) + tīndriyam
- a- (“not”) + tīndriyam.
- avarṇaṃ (अवर्णं)
- not colour-class
- a- (“not”) joined to varṇaṃ. From vṛ, “to cover, to choose.” Colour, covering, then class as a covering-name. Together the form means a + that sense.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- nityānandaṃ (नित्यानन्दं)
- The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.” ni- (“down, in”) + tyānandaṃ.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अस्थूलम् अणु नादीर्घम् अह्रस्वम् अतमस् तथा
asthūlamasthūlam (अस्थूलम्)a- (“not”) joined to sthūlam. sthūla: bulky, gross. Together the form means a + that sense. aṇuaṇu (अणु)aṇu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nādīrghamnādīrgham (नादीर्घम्)nādīrgham is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ahrasvamahrasvam (अह्रस्वम्)a- (“not”) joined to hrasvam. hrasva: short. Together the form means a + that sense. atamasatamas (अतमस्)a- (“not”) joined to tamas. From tam, “to faint, to be dark.” Darkness; the strand of dullness and covering. Together the form means a + that sense. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
[6.1.1@2:19] not gross not short not darkness so
Word make-up
- asthūlam (अस्थूलम्)
- not gross
- a- (“not”) joined to sthūlam. sthūla: bulky, gross. Together the form means a + that sense.
- aṇu (अणु)
- aṇu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nādīrgham (नादीर्घम्)
- nādīrgham is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ahrasvam (अह्रस्वम्)
- not short
- a- (“not”) joined to hrasvam. hrasva: short. Together the form means a + that sense.
- atamas (अतमस्)
- not darkness
- a- (“not”) joined to tamas. From tam, “to faint, to be dark.” Darkness; the strand of dullness and covering. Together the form means a + that sense.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
अस्नेहं च तथाच्छायं रवमात्रककायकम्
asnehaṃasnehaṃ (अस्नेहं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + snehaṃ. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tathācchāyaṃtathācchāyaṃ (तथाच्छायं)tathācchāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ravamātrakakāyakamravamātrakakāyakam (रवमात्रककायकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
[6.1.1@2:20] and
Word make-up
- asnehaṃ (अस्नेहं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + snehaṃ.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tathācchāyaṃ (तथाच्छायं)
- tathācchāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ravamātrakakāyakam (रवमात्रककायकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
प्रकाशं वांशिके यस्य तत् परं ब्रह्म महर्षे
prakāśaṃprakāśaṃ (प्रकाशं)pra- (“forth, forward”) + kāśaṃ. vāṃśikevāṃśike (वांशिके)vāṃśike is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yasyayasya (यस्य)Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” brahmabrahma (ब्रह्म)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. maharṣemaharṣe (महर्षे)maharṣe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:21] pra- (“forth, forward”) + kāśaṃ whose that beyond that-which-is-vast (brahman)
Word make-up
- prakāśaṃ (प्रकाशं)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + kāśaṃ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + kāśaṃ.
- vāṃśike (वांशिके)
- vāṃśike is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yasya (यस्य)
- whose
- Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- brahma (ब्रह्म)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- maharṣe (महर्षे)
- maharṣe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
खम् इवैकरसावाप्तिर् अपि भक्ता जरामरा
khamkham (खम्)kham is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ivaikarasāvāptirivaikarasāvāptir (इवैकरसावाप्तिर्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.” bhaktābhaktā (भक्ता)From bhaj, “to share, to resort to.” Sharing-in (instrumental bhaktyā); one who shares in / resorts to (bhakta). jarāmarājarāmarā (जरामरा)jarāmarā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:22] also sharing-in
Word make-up
- kham (खम्)
- kham is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ivaikarasāvāptir (इवैकरसावाप्तिर्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
- bhaktā (भक्ता)
- sharing-in
- From bhaj, “to share, to resort to.” Sharing-in (instrumental bhaktyā); one who shares in / resorts to (bhakta).
- jarāmarā (जरामरा)
- jarāmarā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
चक्षुराद्यवधाना सा विपरीता विभाव्यते
cakṣurādyavadhānācakṣurādyavadhānā (चक्षुराद्यवधाना)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” sāsā (सा)Nominative feminine of tad: “she, that.” viparītāviparītā (विपरीता)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + parītā. vibhāvyatevibhāvyate (विभाव्यते)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāvyate.
[6.1.1@2:23] she vi- (“apart, asunder”) + parītā vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāvyate
Word make-up
- cakṣurādyavadhānā (चक्षुराद्यवधाना)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- sā (सा)
- she
- Nominative feminine of tad: “she, that.”
- viparītā (विपरीता)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + parītā
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + parītā.
- vibhāvyate (विभाव्यते)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāvyate
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhāvyate.
सव्यापारे शरीरे ऽस्मिन् निर्व्यापारम् अकल्मषम्
savyāpāresavyāpāre (सव्यापारे)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” śarīreśarīre (शरीरे)From śṝ, “to crush, to break apart” (that which is liable to break), or from śri “to lean.” The breakable frame. 'smin'smin (ऽस्मिन्)'smin is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nirvyāpāramnirvyāpāram (निर्व्यापारम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” nir- (“out, without”) + vyāpāram. akalmaṣamakalmaṣam (अकल्मषम्)a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam.
[6.1.1@2:24] the breakable frame a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam
Word make-up
- savyāpāre (सव्यापारे)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- śarīre (शरीरे)
- the breakable frame
- From śṝ, “to crush, to break apart” (that which is liable to break), or from śri “to lean.” The breakable frame.
- 'smin (ऽस्मिन्)
- 'smin is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nirvyāpāram (निर्व्यापारम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” nir- (“out, without”) + vyāpāram.
- akalmaṣam (अकल्मषम्)
- a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam
- a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam.
चिन्तयन् सर्वम् आत्मानं मुक्त एवेति वेगपी
cintayancintayan (चिन्तयन्)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” sarvamsarvam (सर्वम्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. ātmānaṃātmānaṃ (आत्मानं)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self. muktamukta (मुक्त)mukta is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evetieveti (एवेति)eveti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vegapīvegapī (वेगपी)vegapī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:25] all the self
Word make-up
- cintayan (चिन्तयन्)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
- sarvam (सर्वम्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- ātmānaṃ (आत्मानं)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
- mukta (मुक्त)
- mukta is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eveti (एवेति)
- eveti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vegapī (वेगपी)
- vegapī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
प्रमाणोत्पन्नया बुद्ध्या यो विद्यां ज्ञातुम् इच्छति
pramāṇotpannayāpramāṇotpannayā (प्रमाणोत्पन्नया)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + māṇotpannayā. buddhyābuddhyā (बुद्ध्या)From budh, “to wake, to be awake to.” The waking-faculty; discernment. Not a IQ-word “intelligence.” yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vidyāṃvidyāṃ (विद्यां)Inflected from vidyā. From vid, “to know.” Knowing-as-a-discipline; knowledge that is found. jñātumjñātum (ज्ञातुम्)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” icchatiicchati (इच्छति)From iṣ, “to wish.” Wishes; wish.
[6.1.1@2:26] the waking-faculty knowing wishes
Word make-up
- pramāṇotpannayā (प्रमाणोत्पन्नया)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + māṇotpannayā.
- buddhyā (बुद्ध्या)
- the waking-faculty
- From budh, “to wake, to be awake to.” The waking-faculty; discernment. Not a IQ-word “intelligence.”
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vidyāṃ (विद्यां)
- knowing
- Inflected from vidyā. From vid, “to know.” Knowing-as-a-discipline; knowledge that is found.
- jñātum (ज्ञातुम्)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.”
- icchati (इच्छति)
- wishes
- From iṣ, “to wish.” Wishes; wish.
दीपेनासौ ध्रुवं पश्येद् गुहाकुक्षिगतं तमः
dīpenāsaudīpenāsau (दीपेनासौ)The core matches the root dīp, “to shine.” dhruvaṃdhruvaṃ (ध्रुवं)dhruvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paśyedpaśyed (पश्येद्)paśyed is used as a grammatical form in this verse. guhākukṣigataṃguhākukṣigataṃ (गुहाकुक्षिगतं)The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” tamaḥtamaḥ (तमः)From tam, “to faint, to be dark.” Darkness; the strand of dullness and covering.
[6.1.1@2:27] darkness
Word make-up
- dīpenāsau (दीपेनासौ)
- The core matches the root dīp, “to shine.”
- dhruvaṃ (ध्रुवं)
- dhruvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paśyed (पश्येद्)
- paśyed is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- guhākukṣigataṃ (गुहाकुक्षिगतं)
- The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.”
- tamaḥ (तमः)
- darkness
- From tam, “to faint, to be dark.” Darkness; the strand of dullness and covering.
यदा चित्तम् असंसक्तं तदीयं सर्ववस्तुषु
yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” cittamcittam (चित्तम्)From cit, “to perceive, to notice.” Thought-stuff; the noticed mind. asaṃsaktaṃasaṃsaktaṃ (असंसक्तं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + saṃsaktaṃ. tadīyaṃtadīyaṃ (तदीयं)tadīyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvavastuṣusarvavastuṣu (सर्ववस्तुषु)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
[6.1.1@2:28] when thought-stuff
Word make-up
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- cittam (चित्तम्)
- thought-stuff
- From cit, “to perceive, to notice.” Thought-stuff; the noticed mind.
- asaṃsaktaṃ (असंसक्तं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + saṃsaktaṃ.
- tadīyaṃ (तदीयं)
- tadīyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvavastuṣu (सर्ववस्तुषु)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
भवतीह तदा योगी मैत्रेय परमात्मवित्
bhavatīhabhavatīha (भवतीह)bhavatīha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” yogīyogī (योगी)From yoga (yuj, “to yoke”) + -in “possessing.” One who is yoked; one who has the yoking. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paramātmavitparamātmavit (परमात्मवित्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[6.1.1@2:29] then one who is yoked
Word make-up
- bhavatīha (भवतीह)
- bhavatīha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- yogī (योगी)
- one who is yoked
- From yoga (yuj, “to yoke”) + -in “possessing.” One who is yoked; one who has the yoking.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paramātmavit (परमात्मवित्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
स्वरेण संधयेद् योगम् अस्वरं भावयेत् परम्
svareṇasvareṇa (स्वरेण)svareṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. saṃdhayedsaṃdhayed (संधयेद्)saṃ- (“together”) + dhayed. yogamyogam (योगम्)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” asvaraṃasvaraṃ (अस्वरं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + svaraṃ. bhāvayetbhāvayet (भावयेत्)bhāvayet is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paramparam (परम्)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
[6.1.1@2:30] saṃ- (“together”) + dhayed yoking beyond
Word make-up
- svareṇa (स्वरेण)
- svareṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- saṃdhayed (संधयेद्)
- saṃ- (“together”) + dhayed
- saṃ- (“together”) + dhayed.
- yogam (योगम्)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- asvaraṃ (अस्वरं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + svaraṃ.
- bhāvayet (भावयेत्)
- bhāvayet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- param (परम्)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
अस्वरेण तु भावेन त्व् अभावो भावम् आदिशेत्
asvareṇaasvareṇa (अस्वरेण)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + svareṇa. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. bhāvenabhāvena (भावेन)From bhū: coming-to-be; a state. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. abhāvoabhāvo (अभावो)a- (“not”) joined to bhāvo. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. Together the form means a + that sense. bhāvambhāvam (भावम्)From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. ādiśetādiśet (आदिशेत्)ā- (“unto, fully”) + diśet.
[6.1.1@2:31] but coming-to-be not coming-to-be coming-to-be ā- (“unto, fully”) + diśet
Word make-up
- asvareṇa (अस्वरेण)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + svareṇa.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- bhāvena (भावेन)
- coming-to-be
- From bhū: coming-to-be; a state.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- abhāvo (अभावो)
- not coming-to-be
- a- (“not”) joined to bhāvo. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. Together the form means a + that sense.
- bhāvam (भावम्)
- coming-to-be
- From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being.
- ādiśet (आदिशेत्)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + diśet
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + diśet.
तद् एव निष्फलं ब्रह्म निर्विकल्पं निरञ्जनम्
tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” niṣphalaṃniṣphalaṃ (निष्फलं)niṣ- (“out, without”) joined to phalaṃ. Fruit; the produce of a deed (from a root of bursting/ripening). Result as fruit, not a score. Together the form means niṣ + that sense. brahmabrahma (ब्रह्म)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. nirvikalpaṃnirvikalpaṃ (निर्विकल्पं)nir- (“out, without”) + vikalpaṃ. nirañjanamnirañjanam (निरञ्जनम्)The core matches the root rañj, “to be coloured.” nir- (“out, without”) + añjanam.
[6.1.1@2:32] that just fruit that-which-is-vast (brahman) nir- (“out, without”) + vikalpaṃ
Word make-up
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- niṣphalaṃ (निष्फलं)
- fruit
- niṣ- (“out, without”) joined to phalaṃ. Fruit; the produce of a deed (from a root of bursting/ripening). Result as fruit, not a score. Together the form means niṣ + that sense.
- brahma (ब्रह्म)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- nirvikalpaṃ (निर्विकल्पं)
- nir- (“out, without”) + vikalpaṃ
- nir- (“out, without”) + vikalpaṃ.
- nirañjanam (निरञ्जनम्)
- The core matches the root rañj, “to be coloured.” nir- (“out, without”) + añjanam.
तद् ब्रह्माहम् इति ज्ञात्वा ब्रह्मभावो भवेद् ध्रुवम्
tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. brahmāhambrahmāham (ब्रह्माहम्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. jñātvājñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. brahmabhāvobrahmabhāvo (ब्रह्मभावो)brahmabhāvo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavedbhaved (भवेद्)bhaved is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhruvamdhruvam (ध्रुवम्)dhruvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:33] that thus knowing
Word make-up
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- brahmāham (ब्रह्माहम्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- jñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- brahmabhāvo (ब्रह्मभावो)
- brahmabhāvo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaved (भवेद्)
- bhaved is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhruvam (ध्रुवम्)
- dhruvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
आतिष्ठेत् साधनं यत्र याति तत्रैव बन्धयेत्
ātiṣṭhetātiṣṭhet (आतिष्ठेत्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tiṣṭhet. sādhanaṃsādhanaṃ (साधनं)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” yatrayatra (यत्र)ya- + tra: “in which place, where.” yātiyāti (याति)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. tatraivatatraiva (तत्रैव)tatraiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bandhayetbandhayet (बन्धयेत्)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
[6.1.1@2:34] where going
Word make-up
- ātiṣṭhet (आतिष्ठेत्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tiṣṭhet.
- sādhanaṃ (साधनं)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- yatra (यत्र)
- where
- ya- + tra: “in which place, where.”
- yāti (याति)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- tatraiva (तत्रैव)
- tatraiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bandhayet (बन्धयेत्)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
एवं संबाधयेद् अर्थम् उपायेन तु बुद्धिमान्
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” saṃbādhayedsaṃbādhayed (संबाधयेद्)saṃ- (“together”) + bādhayed. arthamartham (अर्थम्)artha: aim, meaning, wealth as what is sought. From a root of going-toward. That-for-which. upāyenaupāyena (उपायेन)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. buddhimānbuddhimān (बुद्धिमान्)Inflected from buddhim. From budh, “to wake, to be awake to.” The waking-faculty; discernment. Not a IQ-word “intelligence.”
[6.1.1@2:35] just saṃ- (“together”) + bādhayed aim but the waking-faculty
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- saṃbādhayed (संबाधयेद्)
- saṃ- (“together”) + bādhayed
- saṃ- (“together”) + bādhayed.
- artham (अर्थम्)
- aim
- artha: aim, meaning, wealth as what is sought. From a root of going-toward. That-for-which.
- upāyena (उपायेन)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- buddhimān (बुद्धिमान्)
- the waking-faculty
- Inflected from buddhim. From budh, “to wake, to be awake to.” The waking-faculty; discernment. Not a IQ-word “intelligence.”
यत्र यत्र भवेद् वेदस् तत् तद् अस्त्व् इति चिन्तयेत्
yatrayatra (यत्र)ya- + tra: “in which place, where.” yatrayatra (यत्र)ya- + tra: “in which place, where.” bhavedbhaved (भवेद्)bhaved is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedasvedas (वेदस्)From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda. tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. astvastv (अस्त्व्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + stv. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. cintayetcintayet (चिन्तयेत्)The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
[6.1.1@2:36] where where veda that that thus
Word make-up
- yatra (यत्र)
- where
- ya- + tra: “in which place, where.”
- yatra (यत्र)
- where
- ya- + tra: “in which place, where.”
- bhaved (भवेद्)
- bhaved is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedas (वेदस्)
- veda
- From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda.
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- astv (अस्त्व्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + stv.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- cintayet (चिन्तयेत्)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
मैत्रेय तेन रूपेण सो ऽमृतत्वाय कल्प्यते
maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” rūpeṇarūpeṇa (रूपेण)rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first. soso (सो)so is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'mṛtatvāya'mṛtatvāya (ऽमृतत्वाय)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” kalpyatekalpyate (कल्प्यते)kalpyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:37] by that form
Word make-up
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- rūpeṇa (रूपेण)
- form
- rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first.
- so (सो)
- so is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'mṛtatvāya (ऽमृतत्वाय)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- kalpyate (कल्प्यते)
- kalpyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
प्रकृतिज्ञेयसदृशी दृश्यरूपं स्वम् आत्मकम्
prakṛtijñeyasadṛśīprakṛtijñeyasadṛśī (प्रकृतिज्ञेयसदृशी)The core matches the root tij, “to be sharp.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + kṛtijñeyasadṛśī. dṛśyarūpaṃdṛśyarūpaṃ (दृश्यरूपं)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” svamsvam (स्वम्)svam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ātmakamātmakam (आत्मकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tmakam.
[6.1.1@2:38]
Word make-up
- prakṛtijñeyasadṛśī (प्रकृतिज्ञेयसदृशी)
- The core matches the root tij, “to be sharp.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + kṛtijñeyasadṛśī.
- dṛśyarūpaṃ (दृश्यरूपं)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
- svam (स्वम्)
- svam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ātmakam (आत्मकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tmakam.
यो वेद परमं वेदं मुक्त इत्य् उच्यते मुने
yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedavedaṃ (वेदं)From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. vedaṃveda (वेद)From vid, “to know.” Knowing; then the Veda as the knowing-text. The word is “knowing,” not a book-title first. muktamukta (मुक्त)mukta is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ucyateucyate (उच्यते)Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called. munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:39] knowing (Veda) highest veda is called
Word make-up
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- veda (वेद)
- knowing (Veda)
- From vid, “to know.” Knowing; then the Veda as the knowing-text. The word is “knowing,” not a book-title first.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- vedaṃ (वेदं)
- veda
- From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda.
- mukta (मुक्त)
- mukta is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ucyate (उच्यते)
- is called
- Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
वेदद्वारेण यो वेदं पश्यत्य् आत्मानम् आत्मनि
vedadvāreṇavedadvāreṇa (वेदद्वारेण)vedadvāreṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedaṃvedaṃ (वेदं)From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda. paśyatypaśyaty (पश्यत्य्)paśyaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ātmānamātmānam (आत्मानम्)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self. ātmaniātmani (आत्मनि)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
[6.1.1@2:40] veda the self the self
Word make-up
- vedadvāreṇa (वेदद्वारेण)
- vedadvāreṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedaṃ (वेदं)
- veda
- From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda.
- paśyaty (पश्यत्य्)
- paśyaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ātmānam (आत्मानम्)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
- ātmani (आत्मनि)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
तस्मिन् वेदे कलाभावान् निष्फलं परिपश्यति
tasmintasmin (तस्मिन्)Locative of tad: “in that.” vedevede (वेदे)From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda. kalābhāvānkalābhāvān (कलाभावान्)kalābhāvān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. niṣphalaṃniṣphalaṃ (निष्फलं)niṣ- (“out, without”) joined to phalaṃ. Fruit; the produce of a deed (from a root of bursting/ripening). Result as fruit, not a score. Together the form means niṣ + that sense. paripaśyatiparipaśyati (परिपश्यति)pari- (“around”) joined to paśyati. From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. Together the form means pari + that sense.
[6.1.1@2:41] in that veda fruit seeing
Word make-up
- tasmin (तस्मिन्)
- in that
- Locative of tad: “in that.”
- vede (वेदे)
- veda
- From vid, “to know.” Knowledge; the Veda.
- kalābhāvān (कलाभावान्)
- kalābhāvān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- niṣphalaṃ (निष्फलं)
- fruit
- niṣ- (“out, without”) joined to phalaṃ. Fruit; the produce of a deed (from a root of bursting/ripening). Result as fruit, not a score. Together the form means niṣ + that sense.
- paripaśyati (परिपश्यति)
- seeing
- pari- (“around”) joined to paśyati. From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. Together the form means pari + that sense.
रवमात्रकदेहस्य ग्राह्यत्वाद् अपि रोधत
ravamātrakadehasyaravamātrakadehasya (रवमात्रकदेहस्य)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” grāhyatvādgrāhyatvād (ग्राह्यत्वाद्)grāhyatvād is used as a grammatical form in this verse. apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.” rodhatarodhata (रोधत)rodhata is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:42] also
Word make-up
- ravamātrakadehasya (रवमात्रकदेहस्य)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- grāhyatvād (ग्राह्यत्वाद्)
- grāhyatvād is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
- rodhata (रोधत)
- rodhata is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
तत्रैव स्थापयेच् चित्तं दृष्ट्वाभ्यासम् अदैवतम्
tatraivatatraiva (तत्रैव)tatraiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sthāpayecsthāpayec (स्थापयेच्)The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.” cittaṃcittaṃ (चित्तं)From cit, “to perceive, to notice.” Thought-stuff; the noticed mind. dṛṣṭvābhyāsamdṛṣṭvābhyāsam (दृष्ट्वाभ्यासम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” adaivatamadaivatam (अदैवतम्)a- (“not”) + daivatam.
[6.1.1@2:43] thought-stuff a- (“not”) + daivatam
Word make-up
- tatraiva (तत्रैव)
- tatraiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sthāpayec (स्थापयेच्)
- The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.”
- cittaṃ (चित्तं)
- thought-stuff
- From cit, “to perceive, to notice.” Thought-stuff; the noticed mind.
- dṛṣṭvābhyāsam (दृष्ट्वाभ्यासम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- adaivatam (अदैवतम्)
- a- (“not”) + daivatam
- a- (“not”) + daivatam.
रवमात्रकदेहो ऽहम् अविद्यादेहम् आश्रितः
ravamātrakadehoravamātrakadeho (रवमात्रकदेहो)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” 'ham'ham (ऽहम्)'ham is used as a grammatical form in this verse. avidyādehamavidyādeham (अविद्यादेहम्)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” a- (“not”) + vidyādeham. āśritaḥāśritaḥ (आश्रितः)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + śritaḥ.
[6.1.1@2:44]
Word make-up
- ravamātrakadeho (रवमात्रकदेहो)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- 'ham (ऽहम्)
- 'ham is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- avidyādeham (अविद्यादेहम्)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” a- (“not”) + vidyādeham.
- āśritaḥ (आश्रितः)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + śritaḥ.
अविद्याभिप्रपन्नो ऽयम् इति न मुह्यति
avidyābhiprapannoavidyābhiprapanno (अविद्याभिप्रपन्नो)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” a- (“not”) + vidyābhiprapanno. 'yam'yam (ऽयम्)'yam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. xxxxxx is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” muhyatimuhyati (मुह्यति)From muh, “to be confused.” Is confused.
[6.1.1@2:45] thus not is confused
Word make-up
- avidyābhiprapanno (अविद्याभिप्रपन्नो)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” a- (“not”) + vidyābhiprapanno.
- 'yam (ऽयम्)
- 'yam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- xx
- xx is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- muhyati (मुह्यति)
- is confused
- From muh, “to be confused.” Is confused.
यच् छ्रोतव्यं च यद् दृश्यं यच् च भोक्तव्यम् इत्य् उत
yacyac (यच्)yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. chrotavyaṃchrotavyaṃ (छ्रोतव्यं)chrotavyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. dṛśyaṃdṛśyaṃ (दृश्यं)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” yacyac (यच्)yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhoktavyambhoktavyam (भोक्तव्यम्)bhoktavyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. utauta (उत)Particle: “or, and, even.”
[6.1.1@2:46] and which and or
Word make-up
- yac (यच्)
- yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- chrotavyaṃ (छ्रोतव्यं)
- chrotavyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- dṛśyaṃ (दृश्यं)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
- yac (यच्)
- yac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhoktavyam (भोक्तव्यम्)
- bhoktavyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- uta (उत)
- or
- Particle: “or, and, even.”
घ्रातव्यं चैव स्पृष्टव्यं बुद्धिग्राह्यं तथैव च
ghrātavyaṃghrātavyaṃ (घ्रातव्यं)ghrātavyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. spṛṣṭavyaṃspṛṣṭavyaṃ (स्पृष्टव्यं)spṛṣṭavyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. buddhigrāhyaṃbuddhigrāhyaṃ (बुद्धिग्राह्यं)buddhigrāhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tathaivatathaiva (तथैव)tathā + eva: just so, likewise. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
[6.1.1@2:47] likewise and
Word make-up
- ghrātavyaṃ (घ्रातव्यं)
- ghrātavyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- spṛṣṭavyaṃ (स्पृष्टव्यं)
- spṛṣṭavyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- buddhigrāhyaṃ (बुद्धिग्राह्यं)
- buddhigrāhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tathaiva (तथैव)
- likewise
- tathā + eva: just so, likewise.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
सर्वं तद् ब्रह्मबुद्ध्या तु कुर्वाणो न निबध्यते
sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. brahmabuddhyābrahmabuddhyā (ब्रह्मबुद्ध्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. kurvāṇokurvāṇo (कुर्वाणो)kurvāṇo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” nibadhyatenibadhyate (निबध्यते)ni- (“down, in”) + badhyate.
[6.1.1@2:48] all that but not ni- (“down, in”) + badhyate
Word make-up
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- brahmabuddhyā (ब्रह्मबुद्ध्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- kurvāṇo (कुर्वाणो)
- kurvāṇo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- nibadhyate (निबध्यते)
- ni- (“down, in”) + badhyate
- ni- (“down, in”) + badhyate.
रवमात्रशरीरं तु ब्रह्म सर्वत्र दृश्यते
ravamātraśarīraṃravamātraśarīraṃ (रवमात्रशरीरं)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. brahmabrahma (ब्रह्म)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. sarvatrasarvatra (सर्वत्र)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. dṛśyatedṛśyate (दृश्यते)Passive of dṛś: it is seen.
[6.1.1@2:49] but that-which-is-vast (brahman) all is seen
Word make-up
- ravamātraśarīraṃ (रवमात्रशरीरं)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- brahma (ब्रह्म)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- sarvatra (सर्वत्र)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- dṛśyate (दृश्यते)
- is seen
- Passive of dṛś: it is seen.
अमेध्यादिभिर् असंस्पृष्टं यथा निर्मलतां गतम्
amedhyādibhiramedhyādibhir (अमेध्यादिभिर्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + medhyādibhir. asaṃspṛṣṭaṃasaṃspṛṣṭaṃ (असंस्पृष्टं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + saṃspṛṣṭaṃ. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” nirmalatāṃnirmalatāṃ (निर्मलतां)nir- (“out, without”) + malatāṃ. gatamgatam (गतम्)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
[6.1.1@2:50] as nir- (“out, without”) + malatāṃ going
Word make-up
- amedhyādibhir (अमेध्यादिभिर्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + medhyādibhir.
- asaṃspṛṣṭaṃ (असंस्पृष्टं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + saṃspṛṣṭaṃ.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- nirmalatāṃ (निर्मलतां)
- nir- (“out, without”) + malatāṃ
- nir- (“out, without”) + malatāṃ.
- gatam (गतम्)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
अहं तदैव नान्यो ऽस्मि तस्मात् तद्वच् च निर्मलः
ahaṃahaṃ (अहं)Nominative of asmad: “I.” tadaivatadaiva (तदैव)tadaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nānyonānyo (नान्यो)nānyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'smi'smi (ऽस्मि)'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tasmāttasmāt (तस्मात्)Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.” tadvactadvac (तद्वच्)The core matches the root vac, “to speak.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” nirmalaḥnirmalaḥ (निर्मलः)nir- (“out, without”) + malaḥ.
[6.1.1@2:51] I therefore and nir- (“out, without”) + malaḥ
Word make-up
- ahaṃ (अहं)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
- tadaiva (तदैव)
- tadaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nānyo (नान्यो)
- nānyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'smi (ऽस्मि)
- 'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tasmāt (तस्मात्)
- therefore
- Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.”
- tadvac (तद्वच्)
- The core matches the root vac, “to speak.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- nirmalaḥ (निर्मलः)
- nir- (“out, without”) + malaḥ
- nir- (“out, without”) + malaḥ.
मैत्रेय नावसीदन्ति परापरविदो जनाः
maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nāvasīdantināvasīdanti (नावसीदन्ति)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” parāparavidoparāparavido (परापरविदो)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + paravido. janāḥjanāḥ (जनाः)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
[6.1.1@2:52]
Word make-up
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nāvasīdanti (नावसीदन्ति)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- parāparavido (परापरविदो)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + paravido.
- janāḥ (जनाः)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
अधश् चोर्ध्वं च तिर्यक् च नान्यं पश्यन्ति योगिनः
adhaśadhaś (अधश्)a- (“not”) + dhaś. cordhvaṃcordhvaṃ (चोर्ध्वं)cordhvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tiryaktiryak (तिर्यक्)Indeclinable: “across, horizontally.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” nānyaṃnānyaṃ (नान्यं)nānyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paśyantipaśyanti (पश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” yoginaḥyoginaḥ (योगिनः)From yoga (yuj, “to yoke”) + -in “possessing.” One who is yoked; one who has the yoking.
[6.1.1@2:53] a- (“not”) + dhaś and across and one who is yoked
Word make-up
- adhaś (अधश्)
- a- (“not”) + dhaś
- a- (“not”) + dhaś.
- cordhvaṃ (चोर्ध्वं)
- cordhvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tiryak (तिर्यक्)
- across
- Indeclinable: “across, horizontally.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- nānyaṃ (नान्यं)
- nānyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paśyanti (पश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- yoginaḥ (योगिनः)
- one who is yoked
- From yoga (yuj, “to yoke”) + -in “possessing.” One who is yoked; one who has the yoking.
अन्यरूपे प्रनष्टे तु कृत्स्ने स्थावरजङ्गमे
anyarūpeanyarūpe (अन्यरूपे)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nyarūpe. pranaṣṭepranaṣṭe (प्रनष्टे)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + naṣṭe. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. kṛtsnekṛtsne (कृत्स्ने)Inflected from kṛtsna. From kṛt, related to cutting/completing: the whole, entire. sthāvarajaṅgamesthāvarajaṅgame (स्थावरजङ्गमे)The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.”
[6.1.1@2:54] but the whole
Word make-up
- anyarūpe (अन्यरूपे)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nyarūpe.
- pranaṣṭe (प्रनष्टे)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + naṣṭe.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- kṛtsne (कृत्स्ने)
- the whole
- Inflected from kṛtsna. From kṛt, related to cutting/completing: the whole, entire.
- sthāvarajaṅgame (स्थावरजङ्गमे)
- The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.”
अव्ययं च प्रपश्यन्ति तद् एवान्यन् न किंचन
avyayaṃavyayaṃ (अव्ययं)a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” prapaśyantiprapaśyanti (प्रपश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + paśyanti. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. evānyanevānyan (एवान्यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” kiṃcanakiṃcana (किंचन)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
[6.1.1@2:55] not-going-apart and that not
Word make-up
- avyayaṃ (अव्ययं)
- not-going-apart
- a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- prapaśyanti (प्रपश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + paśyanti.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- evānyan (एवान्यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- kiṃcana (किंचन)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
अविद्यारूपे प्रनष्टे च सुषुप्तिप्रलये ऽपि च
avidyārūpeavidyārūpe (अविद्यारूपे)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” a- (“not”) + vidyārūpe. pranaṣṭepranaṣṭe (प्रनष्टे)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + naṣṭe. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” suṣuptipralayesuṣuptipralaye (सुषुप्तिप्रलये)su- (“well, good”) + ṣuptipralaye. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
[6.1.1@2:56] and su- (“well, good”) + ṣuptipralaye and
Word make-up
- avidyārūpe (अविद्यारूपे)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” a- (“not”) + vidyārūpe.
- pranaṣṭe (प्रनष्टे)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + naṣṭe.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- suṣuptipralaye (सुषुप्तिप्रलये)
- su- (“well, good”) + ṣuptipralaye
- su- (“well, good”) + ṣuptipralaye.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
प्रबुद्धास् तु स्मरिष्यन्ति तद् एवान्यन् न महर्षे
prabuddhāsprabuddhās (प्रबुद्धास्)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + buddhās. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. smariṣyantismariṣyanti (स्मरिष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. evānyanevānyan (एवान्यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” maharṣemaharṣe (महर्षे)maharṣe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:57] but that not
Word make-up
- prabuddhās (प्रबुद्धास्)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + buddhās.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- smariṣyanti (स्मरिष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- evānyan (एवान्यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- maharṣe (महर्षे)
- maharṣe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सर्ववस्तुषु पूर्णेषु पुनश् चूर्णीकृतेषु च
sarvavastuṣusarvavastuṣu (सर्ववस्तुषु)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” pūrṇeṣupūrṇeṣu (पूर्णेषु)Inflected from pūrṇa. From pṝ, “to fill.” Filled, full. punaśpunaś (पुनश्)The core matches the root naś, “to perish.” cūrṇīkṛteṣucūrṇīkṛteṣu (चूर्णीकृतेषु)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
[6.1.1@2:58] full and
Word make-up
- sarvavastuṣu (सर्ववस्तुषु)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- pūrṇeṣu (पूर्णेषु)
- full
- Inflected from pūrṇa. From pṝ, “to fill.” Filled, full.
- punaś (पुनश्)
- The core matches the root naś, “to perish.”
- cūrṇīkṛteṣu (चूर्णीकृतेषु)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
तदन्तम् एव पश्यन्ति तस्य तत्त्वं न दृश्यते
tadantamtadantam (तदन्तम्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” paśyantipaśyanti (पश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” tattvaṃtattvaṃ (तत्त्वं)tad + tva: that-ness; the being-that of a thing. tattvataḥ: from that-ness, in reality as that. nana (न)Negation: “not.” dṛśyatedṛśyate (दृश्यते)Passive of dṛś: it is seen.
[6.1.1@2:59] just of that that-ness not is seen
Word make-up
- tadantam (तदन्तम्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- paśyanti (पश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- tattvaṃ (तत्त्वं)
- that-ness
- tad + tva: that-ness; the being-that of a thing. tattvataḥ: from that-ness, in reality as that.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- dṛśyate (दृश्यते)
- is seen
- Passive of dṛś: it is seen.
सर्वेषु वेदतन्त्रेषु सर्वेषु समयेषु भोः
sarveṣusarveṣu (सर्वेषु)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. vedatantreṣuvedatantreṣu (वेदतन्त्रेषु)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” sarveṣusarveṣu (सर्वेषु)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. samayeṣusamayeṣu (समयेषु)sam- (“together”) + ayeṣu. bhoḥbhoḥ (भोः)bhoḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:60] all all sam- (“together”) + ayeṣu
Word make-up
- sarveṣu (सर्वेषु)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- vedatantreṣu (वेदतन्त्रेषु)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- sarveṣu (सर्वेषु)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- samayeṣu (समयेषु)
- sam- (“together”) + ayeṣu
- sam- (“together”) + ayeṣu.
- bhoḥ (भोः)
- bhoḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
इदम् एव प्रपश्यन्ति ततस् तत्त्वविदो जनाः
idamidam (इदम्)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” prapaśyantiprapaśyanti (प्रपश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + paśyanti. tatastatas (ततस्)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” tattvavidotattvavido (तत्त्वविदो)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” janāḥjanāḥ (जनाः)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
[6.1.1@2:61] this just then
Word make-up
- idam (इदम्)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- prapaśyanti (प्रपश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + paśyanti.
- tatas (ततस्)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- tattvavido (तत्त्वविदो)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.”
- janāḥ (जनाः)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
ब्रह्मरूपम् इदं सर्वम् एवं पश्येत् सदा नरः
brahmarūpambrahmarūpam (ब्रह्मरूपम्)brahmarūpam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). sarvamsarvam (सर्वम्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” paśyetpaśyet (पश्येत्)paśyet is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sadāsadā (सदा)sa- + dā: “always, at every time.” naraḥnaraḥ (नरः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
[6.1.1@2:62] this all just always a man
Word make-up
- brahmarūpam (ब्रह्मरूपम्)
- brahmarūpam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- sarvam (सर्वम्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- paśyet (पश्येत्)
- paśyet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sadā (सदा)
- always
- sa- + dā: “always, at every time.”
- naraḥ (नरः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
हत्वापि स इमांल् लोकान् सर्वाशी सर्वविक्रयी
hatvāpihatvāpi (हत्वापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” imāṃlimāṃl (इमांल्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” lokānlokān (लोकान्)From lok, “to see”: a seen-world. sarvāśīsarvāśī (सर्वाशी)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” sarvavikrayīsarvavikrayī (सर्वविक्रयी)sarvavikrayī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:63] he world
Word make-up
- hatvāpi (हत्वापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- imāṃl (इमांल्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- lokān (लोकान्)
- world
- From lok, “to see”: a seen-world.
- sarvāśī (सर्वाशी)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- sarvavikrayī (सर्वविक्रयी)
- sarvavikrayī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सर्वान् निषिद्धान् कृत्वापि कर्मभिर् न स बध्यते
sarvānsarvān (सर्वान्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. niṣiddhānniṣiddhān (निषिद्धान्)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” niṣ- (“out, without”) + iddhān. kṛtvāpikṛtvāpi (कृत्वापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” karmabhirkarmabhir (कर्मभिर्)karmabhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” badhyatebadhyate (बध्यते)badhyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:64] all not he
Word make-up
- sarvān (सर्वान्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- niṣiddhān (निषिद्धान्)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” niṣ- (“out, without”) + iddhān.
- kṛtvāpi (कृत्वापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- karmabhir (कर्मभिर्)
- karmabhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- badhyate (बध्यते)
- badhyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
धर्माधर्मविमुक्तात्मा ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते
dharmādharmavimuktātmādharmādharmavimuktātmā (धर्माधर्मविमुक्तात्मा)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” brahmabhūyāyabrahmabhūyāya (ब्रह्मभूयाय)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” kalpatekalpate (कल्पते)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[6.1.1@2:65]
Word make-up
- dharmādharmavimuktātmā (धर्माधर्मविमुक्तात्मा)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- brahmabhūyāya (ब्रह्मभूयाय)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- kalpate (कल्पते)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
निरात्मकम् इदं प्रोक्तं सांख्यं सानकम् उच्यते
nirātmakamnirātmakam (निरात्मकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” nir- (“out, without”) + ātmakam. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). proktaṃproktaṃ (प्रोक्तं)pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. sāṃkhyaṃsāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sānakamsānakam (सानकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” ucyateucyate (उच्यते)Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
[6.1.1@2:66] this spoken forth is called
Word make-up
- nirātmakam (निरात्मकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” nir- (“out, without”) + ātmakam.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- proktaṃ (प्रोक्तं)
- spoken forth
- pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- sāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)
- sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sānakam (सानकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
- ucyate (उच्यते)
- is called
- Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
रेचकं पूरकं कृत्वा वायुम् आरोहयेत् ततः
recakaṃrecakaṃ (रेचकं)recakaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pūrakaṃpūrakaṃ (पूरकं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. vāyumvāyum (वायुम्)Inflected from vāyu. From vā, “to blow.” Wind; the blowing one. ārohayetārohayet (आरोहयेत्)ā- (“unto, fully”) + rohayet. tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
[6.1.1@2:67] doing ” Wind; the blowing one ā- (“unto, fully”) + rohayet then
Word make-up
- recakaṃ (रेचकं)
- recakaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pūrakaṃ (पूरकं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- vāyum (वायुम्)
- ” Wind; the blowing one
- Inflected from vāyu. From vā, “to blow.” Wind; the blowing one.
- ārohayet (आरोहयेत्)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rohayet
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rohayet.
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
ब्रह्मनाडी स्मृता तत्र कायमध्ये व्यवस्थिता
brahmanāḍībrahmanāḍī (ब्रह्मनाडी)The core matches the root man, “to think.” smṛtāsmṛtā (स्मृता)The core matches the root smṛ, “to remember.” tatratatra (तत्र)ta- + tra: “in that place, there.” kāyamadhyekāyamadhye (कायमध्ये)kāyamadhye is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vyavasthitāvyavasthitā (व्यवस्थिता)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
[6.1.1@2:68] there
Word make-up
- brahmanāḍī (ब्रह्मनाडी)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- smṛtā (स्मृता)
- The core matches the root smṛ, “to remember.”
- tatra (तत्र)
- there
- ta- + tra: “in that place, there.”
- kāyamadhye (कायमध्ये)
- kāyamadhye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vyavasthitā (व्यवस्थिता)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
ज्योतिराग्रा चक्रमूला सूक्ष्मा चक्रान्तरानुगा
jyotirāgrājyotirāgrā (ज्योतिराग्रा)jyotirāgrā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cakramūlācakramūlā (चक्रमूला)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” sūkṣmāsūkṣmā (सूक्ष्मा)Inflected from sūkṣma. sūkṣma: fine, subtle. cakrāntarānugācakrāntarānugā (चक्रान्तरानुगा)cakrāntarānugā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:69] fine
Word make-up
- jyotirāgrā (ज्योतिराग्रा)
- jyotirāgrā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cakramūlā (चक्रमूला)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.”
- sūkṣmā (सूक्ष्मा)
- fine
- Inflected from sūkṣma. sūkṣma: fine, subtle.
- cakrāntarānugā (चक्रान्तरानुगा)
- cakrāntarānugā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अदृश्यरूपा सा सर्वैः पश्यन्ति परमर्षयः
adṛśyarūpāadṛśyarūpā (अदृश्यरूपा)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” a- (“not”) + dṛśyarūpā. sāsā (सा)Nominative feminine of tad: “she, that.” sarvaiḥsarvaiḥ (सर्वैः)Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. paśyantipaśyanti (पश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” paramarṣayaḥparamarṣayaḥ (परमर्षयः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[6.1.1@2:70] she all
Word make-up
- adṛśyarūpā (अदृश्यरूपा)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” a- (“not”) + dṛśyarūpā.
- sā (सा)
- she
- Nominative feminine of tad: “she, that.”
- sarvaiḥ (सर्वैः)
- all
- Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- paśyanti (पश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- paramarṣayaḥ (परमर्षयः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
प्रद्युम्नो भगवाञ् ज्योतिर् बहिर्धाम व्यवस्थितः
pradyumnopradyumno (प्रद्युम्नो)pra- (“forth, forward”) + dyumno. bhagavāñbhagavāñ (भगवाञ्)bhagavāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jyotirjyotir (ज्योतिर्)jyotir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bahirdhāmabahirdhāma (बहिर्धाम)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” vyavasthitaḥvyavasthitaḥ (व्यवस्थितः)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
[6.1.1@2:71] pra- (“forth, forward”) + dyumno
Word make-up
- pradyumno (प्रद्युम्नो)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + dyumno
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + dyumno.
- bhagavāñ (भगवाञ्)
- bhagavāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jyotir (ज्योतिर्)
- jyotir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bahirdhāma (बहिर्धाम)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- vyavasthitaḥ (व्यवस्थितः)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
मांसाद् अधः पौण्डरीकाद् धृदयग्रन्थिर् उच्यते
māṃsādmāṃsād (मांसाद्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” adhaḥadhaḥ (अधः)Indeclinable: “below.” pauṇḍarīkādpauṇḍarīkād (पौण्डरीकाद्)pauṇḍarīkād is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhṛdayagranthirdhṛdayagranthir (धृदयग्रन्थिर्)The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.” ucyateucyate (उच्यते)Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
[6.1.1@2:72] below is called
Word make-up
- māṃsād (मांसाद्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- adhaḥ (अधः)
- below
- Indeclinable: “below.”
- pauṇḍarīkād (पौण्डरीकाद्)
- pauṇḍarīkād is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhṛdayagranthir (धृदयग्रन्थिर्)
- The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.”
- ucyate (उच्यते)
- is called
- Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
तेन संक्रमयेद् वायुं पुराणकरणेन तु
tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” saṃkramayedsaṃkramayed (संक्रमयेद्)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” saṃ- (“together”) + kramayed. vāyuṃvāyuṃ (वायुं)Inflected from vāyu. From vā, “to blow.” Wind; the blowing one. purāṇakaraṇenapurāṇakaraṇena (पुराणकरणेन)purāṇakaraṇena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
[6.1.1@2:73] by that ” Wind; the blowing one but
Word make-up
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- saṃkramayed (संक्रमयेद्)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.” saṃ- (“together”) + kramayed.
- vāyuṃ (वायुं)
- ” Wind; the blowing one
- Inflected from vāyu. From vā, “to blow.” Wind; the blowing one.
- purāṇakaraṇena (पुराणकरणेन)
- purāṇakaraṇena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
ज्योतिषः प्रापणाभ्यासात् सर्ववायुजयो भवेत्
jyotiṣaḥjyotiṣaḥ (ज्योतिषः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” prāpaṇābhyāsātprāpaṇābhyāsāt (प्रापणाभ्यासात्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” sarvavāyujayosarvavāyujayo (सर्ववायुजयो)The core matches the root yuj, “to yoke.” bhavetbhavet (भवेत्)bhavet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:74]
Word make-up
- jyotiṣaḥ (ज्योतिषः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- prāpaṇābhyāsāt (प्रापणाभ्यासात्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- sarvavāyujayo (सर्ववायुजयो)
- The core matches the root yuj, “to yoke.”
- bhavet (भवेत्)
- bhavet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
तत्रैकदेशम् आकृष्य केचिन् न्यस्यन्ति मौलिके
tatraikadeśamtatraikadeśam (तत्रैकदेशम्)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” ākṛṣyaākṛṣya (आकृष्य)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + kṛṣya. kecinkecin (केचिन्)kecin is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nyasyantinyasyanti (न्यस्यन्ति)The core matches the root as, “to be.” maulikemaulike (मौलिके)maulike is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:75]
Word make-up
- tatraikadeśam (तत्रैकदेशम्)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.”
- ākṛṣya (आकृष्य)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + kṛṣya.
- kecin (केचिन्)
- kecin is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nyasyanti (न्यस्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- maulike (मौलिके)
- maulike is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
तेन लब्धोपलब्धास् तु गच्छन्ति ज्योतिषः पदम्
tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” labdhopalabdhāslabdhopalabdhās (लब्धोपलब्धास्)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. gacchantigacchanti (गच्छन्ति)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. jyotiṣaḥjyotiṣaḥ (ज्योतिषः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
[6.1.1@2:76] by that but going
Word make-up
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- labdhopalabdhās (लब्धोपलब्धास्)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- gacchanti (गच्छन्ति)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- jyotiṣaḥ (ज्योतिषः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
ये तु तत्त्वं प्रपश्यन्ति मौलिके स्थापयन्त्य् उत
yeye (ये)Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. tattvaṃtattvaṃ (तत्त्वं)tad + tva: that-ness; the being-that of a thing. tattvataḥ: from that-ness, in reality as that. prapaśyantiprapaśyanti (प्रपश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + paśyanti. maulikemaulike (मौलिके)maulike is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sthāpayantysthāpayanty (स्थापयन्त्य्)The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.” utauta (उत)Particle: “or, and, even.”
[6.1.1@2:77] who but that-ness or
Word make-up
- ye (ये)
- who
- Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- tattvaṃ (तत्त्वं)
- that-ness
- tad + tva: that-ness; the being-that of a thing. tattvataḥ: from that-ness, in reality as that.
- prapaśyanti (प्रपश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + paśyanti.
- maulike (मौलिके)
- maulike is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sthāpayanty (स्थापयन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.”
- uta (उत)
- or
- Particle: “or, and, even.”
पुनर् ब्रह्मणि निष्णातास् ते ऽमृतत्वाय कल्पते
punarpunar (पुनर्)Adverb: “again, back.” brahmaṇibrahmaṇi (ब्रह्मणि)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. niṣṇātāsniṣṇātās (निष्णातास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” niṣ- (“out, without”) + ṇātās. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. 'mṛtatvāya'mṛtatvāya (ऽमृतत्वाय)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” kalpatekalpate (कल्पते)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[6.1.1@2:78] again that-which-is-vast (brahman) you
Word make-up
- punar (पुनर्)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- brahmaṇi (ब्रह्मणि)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- niṣṇātās (निष्णातास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” niṣ- (“out, without”) + ṇātās.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- 'mṛtatvāya (ऽमृतत्वाय)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- kalpate (कल्पते)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
एतत् तु सानकं प्रोक्तं सांख्यं दिव्यम् अनुत्तमम्
etatetat (एतत्)Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. sānakaṃsānakaṃ (सानकं)sānakaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. proktaṃproktaṃ (प्रोक्तं)pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. sāṃkhyaṃsāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. divyamdivyam (दिव्यम्)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” anuttamamanuttamam (अनुत्तमम्)an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to uttamam. ud- (“up”) + tama (superlative). The upmost, the highest. Together the form means an + that sense.
[6.1.1@2:79] this but spoken forth not upmost
Word make-up
- etat (एतत्)
- this
- Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- sānakaṃ (सानकं)
- sānakaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- proktaṃ (प्रोक्तं)
- spoken forth
- pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- sāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)
- sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- divyam (दिव्यम्)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- anuttamam (अनुत्तमम्)
- not upmost
- an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to uttamam. ud- (“up”) + tama (superlative). The upmost, the highest. Together the form means an + that sense.
श्रेयांसः पूर्वम् इच्छन्ति संन्यासात् सर्वकर्मणाम्
śreyāṃsaḥśreyāṃsaḥ (श्रेयांसः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pūrvampūrvam (पूर्वम्)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” icchantiicchanti (इच्छन्ति)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” saṃnyāsātsaṃnyāsāt (संन्यासात्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” saṃ- (“together”) + nyāsāt. sarvakarmaṇāmsarvakarmaṇām (सर्वकर्मणाम्)sarvakarmaṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:80]
Word make-up
- śreyāṃsaḥ (श्रेयांसः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- pūrvam (पूर्वम्)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- icchanti (इच्छन्ति)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- saṃnyāsāt (संन्यासात्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” saṃ- (“together”) + nyāsāt.
- sarvakarmaṇām (सर्वकर्मणाम्)
- sarvakarmaṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
त्यक्तसर्वक्रियारम्भाः परं सांख्यं प्रचक्षते
tyaktasarvakriyārambhāḥtyaktasarvakriyārambhāḥ (त्यक्तसर्वक्रियारम्भाः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” sāṃkhyaṃsāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pracakṣatepracakṣate (प्रचक्षते)pra- (“forth, forward”) + cakṣate.
[6.1.1@2:81] beyond pra- (“forth, forward”) + cakṣate
Word make-up
- tyaktasarvakriyārambhāḥ (त्यक्तसर्वक्रियारम्भाः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- sāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)
- sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pracakṣate (प्रचक्षते)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + cakṣate
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + cakṣate.
सांख्यमार्गस् त्वयैवोक्तो योगमार्गस् त्व्ययोच्यताम्
sāṃkhyamārgassāṃkhyamārgas (सांख्यमार्गस्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” tvayaivoktotvayaivokto (त्वयैवोक्तो)tvayaivokto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yogamārgasyogamārgas (योगमार्गस्)The core matches the root gam, “to go.” tvyayocyatāmtvyayocyatām (त्व्ययोच्यताम्)tvyayocyatām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:82]
Word make-up
- sāṃkhyamārgas (सांख्यमार्गस्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- tvayaivokto (त्वयैवोक्तो)
- tvayaivokto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yogamārgas (योगमार्गस्)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
- tvyayocyatām (त्व्ययोच्यताम्)
- tvyayocyatām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अथ योगं प्रवक्ष्यामि गुह्याद् गुह्यतरं परम्
athaatha (अथ)Particle: “then, now” — starts a new move. yogaṃyogaṃ (योगं)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” pravakṣyāmipravakṣyāmi (प्रवक्ष्यामि)pra- (“forth, forward”) joined to vakṣyāmi. Future of vac, “to speak.” I shall speak. Together the form means pra + that sense. guhyādguhyād (गुह्याद्)The core matches the root guh, “to hide.” guhyataraṃguhyataraṃ (गुह्यतरं)The core matches the root guh, “to hide.” paramparam (परम्)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
[6.1.1@2:83] then yoking I shall speak beyond
Word make-up
- atha (अथ)
- then
- Particle: “then, now” — starts a new move.
- yogaṃ (योगं)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- pravakṣyāmi (प्रवक्ष्यामि)
- I shall speak
- pra- (“forth, forward”) joined to vakṣyāmi. Future of vac, “to speak.” I shall speak. Together the form means pra + that sense.
- guhyād (गुह्याद्)
- The core matches the root guh, “to hide.”
- guhyataraṃ (गुह्यतरं)
- The core matches the root guh, “to hide.”
- param (परम्)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
यज् ज्ञात्वा मुनयः सर्वे पदं गच्छन्त्य् अनामयम्
yajyaj (यज्)The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.” jñātvājñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. munayaḥmunayaḥ (मुनयः)From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” padaṃpadaṃ (पदं)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” gacchantygacchanty (गच्छन्त्य्)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” anāmayamanāmayam (अनामयम्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nāmayam.
[6.1.1@2:84] knowing silent thinker all
Word make-up
- yaj (यज्)
- The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
- jñātvā (ज्ञात्वा)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- munayaḥ (मुनयः)
- silent thinker
- From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- padaṃ (पदं)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- gacchanty (गच्छन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- anāmayam (अनामयम्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nāmayam.
सांख्यात् तत्त्वात् परं योगं प्रवदन्ति मनीषिणः
sāṃkhyātsāṃkhyāt (सांख्यात्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tattvāttattvāt (तत्त्वात्)tattvāt is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” yogaṃyogaṃ (योगं)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” pravadantipravadanti (प्रवदन्ति)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vadanti. manīṣiṇaḥmanīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[6.1.1@2:85] beyond yoking
Word make-up
- sāṃkhyāt (सांख्यात्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- tattvāt (तत्त्वात्)
- tattvāt is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- yogaṃ (योगं)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- pravadanti (प्रवदन्ति)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vadanti.
- manīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
ये योगम् अनुतिष्ठन्ति सांख्यम् अप्य् अनुतिष्टते
yeye (ये)Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-. yogamyogam (योगम्)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” anutiṣṭhantianutiṣṭhanti (अनुतिष्ठन्ति)anu- (“along, after”) joined to tiṣṭhanti. From sthā, “to stand.” Stands. Together the form means anu + that sense. sāṃkhyamsāṃkhyam (सांख्यम्)sāṃkhyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. apyapy (अप्य्)apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anutiṣṭateanutiṣṭate (अनुतिष्टते)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” anu- (“along, after”) + tiṣṭate.
[6.1.1@2:86] who yoking stands
Word make-up
- ye (ये)
- who
- Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-.
- yogam (योगम्)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- anutiṣṭhanti (अनुतिष्ठन्ति)
- stands
- anu- (“along, after”) joined to tiṣṭhanti. From sthā, “to stand.” Stands. Together the form means anu + that sense.
- sāṃkhyam (सांख्यम्)
- sāṃkhyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- apy (अप्य्)
- apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- anutiṣṭate (अनुतिष्टते)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” anu- (“along, after”) + tiṣṭate.
तस्माद् योगं प्रशंसन्ति मुनयो मुनिसत्तम
tasmādtasmād (तस्माद्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” yogaṃyogaṃ (योगं)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” praśaṃsantipraśaṃsanti (प्रशंसन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaṃsanti. munayomunayo (मुनयो)Inflected from munaya. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. munisattamamunisattama (मुनिसत्तम)munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:87] yoking silent thinker
Word make-up
- tasmād (तस्माद्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- yogaṃ (योगं)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- praśaṃsanti (प्रशंसन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + śaṃsanti.
- munayo (मुनयो)
- silent thinker
- Inflected from munaya. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- munisattama (मुनिसत्तम)
- munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
देहिनस् त्व् आत्मसंयोगाद् योगम् आहुर् मनीषिणः
dehinasdehinas (देहिनस्)deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ātmasaṃyogādātmasaṃyogād (आत्मसंयोगाद्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tmasaṃyogād. yogamyogam (योगम्)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” āhurāhur (आहुर्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + hur. manīṣiṇaḥmanīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[6.1.1@2:88] the embodied yoking
Word make-up
- dehinas (देहिनस्)
- the embodied
- deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ātmasaṃyogād (आत्मसंयोगाद्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tmasaṃyogād.
- yogam (योगम्)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- āhur (आहुर्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + hur.
- manīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
देहीपापनिबन्धत्वात् पूर्वं पापक्षयं चरेत्
dehīpāpanibandhatvātdehīpāpanibandhatvāt (देहीपापनिबन्धत्वात्)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” pūrvaṃpūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” pāpakṣayaṃpāpakṣayaṃ (पापक्षयं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” caretcaret (चरेत्)The core matches the root car, “to move.”
[6.1.1@2:89]
Word make-up
- dehīpāpanibandhatvāt (देहीपापनिबन्धत्वात्)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
- pūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- pāpakṣayaṃ (पापक्षयं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- caret (चरेत्)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
गुणैस् तु बन्धितत्वाच् च गुणानां हरणं ततः
guṇaisguṇais (गुणैस्)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. bandhitatvācbandhitatvāc (बन्धितत्वाच्)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” guṇānāṃguṇānāṃ (गुणानां)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. haraṇaṃharaṇaṃ (हरणं)haraṇaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
[6.1.1@2:90] strands but and strands then
Word make-up
- guṇais (गुणैस्)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- bandhitatvāc (बन्धितत्वाच्)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- guṇānāṃ (गुणानां)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- haraṇaṃ (हरणं)
- haraṇaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
देही देहनिबन्धत्वात् तस्यापि हरणं चरेत्
dehīdehī (देही)deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied. dehanibandhatvātdehanibandhatvāt (देहनिबन्धत्वात्)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” tasyāpitasyāpi (तस्यापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” haraṇaṃharaṇaṃ (हरणं)haraṇaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caretcaret (चरेत्)The core matches the root car, “to move.”
[6.1.1@2:91] the embodied
Word make-up
- dehī (देही)
- the embodied
- deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied.
- dehanibandhatvāt (देहनिबन्धत्वात्)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
- tasyāpi (तस्यापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- haraṇaṃ (हरणं)
- haraṇaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caret (चरेत्)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
मुख्यानां चैव शून्यानां बलवत्त्वान् नियामनम्
mukhyānāṃmukhyānāṃ (मुख्यानां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śūnyānāṃśūnyānāṃ (शून्यानां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” balavattvānbalavattvān (बलवत्त्वान्)balavattvān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. niyāmanamniyāmanam (नियामनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” ni- (“down, in”) + yāmanam.
[6.1.1@2:92]
Word make-up
- mukhyānāṃ (मुख्यानां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śūnyānāṃ (शून्यानां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- balavattvān (बलवत्त्वान्)
- balavattvān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- niyāmanam (नियामनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” ni- (“down, in”) + yāmanam.
एवं कृत्वा स्म दृश्यन्तु संयोज्यात्मानम् आत्मनि
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. smasma (स्म)Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. dṛśyantudṛśyantu (दृश्यन्तु)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” saṃyojyātmānamsaṃyojyātmānam (संयोज्यात्मानम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” saṃ- (“together”) + yojyātmānam. ātmaniātmani (आत्मनि)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
[6.1.1@2:93] just doing the self
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- sma (स्म)
- Particle used with present tense for past or customary action
- Particle used with present tense for past or customary action.
- dṛśyantu (दृश्यन्तु)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
- saṃyojyātmānam (संयोज्यात्मानम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” saṃ- (“together”) + yojyātmānam.
- ātmani (आत्मनि)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
धर्माधर्मविनिर्मुक्तो मुक्त एव भवेद् ध्रुवम्
dharmādharmavinirmuktodharmādharmavinirmukto (धर्माधर्मविनिर्मुक्तो)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” muktamukta (मुक्त)mukta is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” bhavedbhaved (भवेद्)bhaved is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dhruvamdhruvam (ध्रुवम्)dhruvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:94] just
Word make-up
- dharmādharmavinirmukto (धर्माधर्मविनिर्मुक्तो)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- mukta (मुक्त)
- mukta is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- bhaved (भवेद्)
- bhaved is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dhruvam (ध्रुवम्)
- dhruvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
गुणानां तेजसो रूपं देहरूपं च देहिनः
guṇānāṃguṇānāṃ (गुणानां)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. tejasotejaso (तेजसो)Inflected from tejas. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharpness, brilliance, the cutting glow. rūpaṃrūpaṃ (रूपं)rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first. deharūpaṃdeharūpaṃ (देहरूपं)deharūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” dehinaḥdehinaḥ (देहिनः)deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied.
[6.1.1@2:95] strands sharp-glow form and the embodied
Word make-up
- guṇānāṃ (गुणानां)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- tejaso (तेजसो)
- sharp-glow
- Inflected from tejas. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharpness, brilliance, the cutting glow.
- rūpaṃ (रूपं)
- form
- rūpa: form, outward shape (what is seen). Not “beauty” first.
- deharūpaṃ (देहरूपं)
- deharūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- dehinaḥ (देहिनः)
- the embodied
- deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied.
आलम्ब्य विनशेत् पश्चाद् योगसिद्धिम् अभीप्सता
ālambyaālambya (आलम्ब्य)ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambya. vinaśetvinaśet (विनशेत्)The core matches the root naś, “to perish.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naśet. paścādpaścād (पश्चाद्)paścād is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yogasiddhimyogasiddhim (योगसिद्धिम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” abhīpsatāabhīpsatā (अभीप्सता)The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” a- (“not”) + bhīpsatā.
[6.1.1@2:96] ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambya
Word make-up
- ālambya (आलम्ब्य)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambya
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambya.
- vinaśet (विनशेत्)
- The core matches the root naś, “to perish.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naśet.
- paścād (पश्चाद्)
- paścād is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yogasiddhim (योगसिद्धिम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- abhīpsatā (अभीप्सता)
- The core matches the root bhī, “to fear.” a- (“not”) + bhīpsatā.
आलम्बनान् निरालम्बं पश्यन्ति परमर्षयः
ālambanānālambanān (आलम्बनान्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambanān. nirālambaṃnirālambaṃ (निरालम्बं)nir- (“out, without”) + ālambaṃ. paśyantipaśyanti (पश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” paramarṣayaḥparamarṣayaḥ (परमर्षयः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[6.1.1@2:97] nir- (“out, without”) + ālambaṃ
Word make-up
- ālambanān (आलम्बनान्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambanān.
- nirālambaṃ (निरालम्बं)
- nir- (“out, without”) + ālambaṃ
- nir- (“out, without”) + ālambaṃ.
- paśyanti (पश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- paramarṣayaḥ (परमर्षयः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
आलम्बनं न चेत् पूर्वं न च बन्धविमोक्षणम्
ālambanaṃālambanaṃ (आलम्बनं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambanaṃ. nana (न)Negation: “not.” cetcet (चेत्)cet is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pūrvaṃpūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bandhavimokṣaṇambandhavimokṣaṇam (बन्धविमोक्षणम्)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
[6.1.1@2:98] not not and
Word make-up
- ālambanaṃ (आलम्बनं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + lambanaṃ.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- cet (चेत्)
- cet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bandhavimokṣaṇam (बन्धविमोक्षणम्)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
रेचपूरककुम्भैश् च पूर्वं पापक्षयं चरेत्
recapūrakakumbhaiśrecapūrakakumbhaiś (रेचपूरककुम्भैश्)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pūrvaṃpūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” pāpakṣayaṃpāpakṣayaṃ (पापक्षयं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” caretcaret (चरेत्)The core matches the root car, “to move.”
[6.1.1@2:99] and
Word make-up
- recapūrakakumbhaiś (रेचपूरककुम्भैश्)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- pāpakṣayaṃ (पापक्षयं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- caret (चरेत्)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
पूर्वरात्रलयैः शान्त्या देहिनो दृश्यतां नयेत्
pūrvarātralayaiḥpūrvarātralayaiḥ (पूर्वरात्रलयैः)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” śāntyāśāntyā (शान्त्या)From śam: calm. dehinodehino (देहिनो)Inflected from dehin. deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied. dṛśyatāṃdṛśyatāṃ (दृश्यतां)The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.” nayetnayet (नयेत्)nayet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:100] calm the embodied
Word make-up
- pūrvarātralayaiḥ (पूर्वरात्रलयैः)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- śāntyā (शान्त्या)
- calm
- From śam: calm.
- dehino (देहिनो)
- the embodied
- Inflected from dehin. deha from dih, “to plaster”: the body. dehin is the one who has a body, the embodied.
- dṛśyatāṃ (दृश्यतां)
- The core matches the root dṛś, “to see.”
- nayet (नयेत्)
- nayet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
वेदसारात् तु संयोगं प्रवदन्ति मनीषिणः
vedasārātvedasārāt (वेदसारात्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. saṃyogaṃsaṃyogaṃ (संयोगं)saṃ- (“together”) joined to yogaṃ. From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” Together the form means saṃ + that sense. pravadantipravadanti (प्रवदन्ति)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vadanti. manīṣiṇaḥmanīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[6.1.1@2:101] but yoking
Word make-up
- vedasārāt (वेदसारात्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- saṃyogaṃ (संयोगं)
- yoking
- saṃ- (“together”) joined to yogaṃ. From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” Together the form means saṃ + that sense.
- pravadanti (प्रवदन्ति)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vadanti.
- manīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
एवं योगविधिः प्रोक्तो योगे सर्वं समाप्यते
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” yogavidhiḥyogavidhiḥ (योगविधिः)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” proktoprokto (प्रोक्तो)Inflected from prokta. pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. yogeyoge (योगे)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. samāpyatesamāpyate (समाप्यते)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” sam- (“together”) + āpyate.
[6.1.1@2:102] just spoken forth yoking all
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- yogavidhiḥ (योगविधिः)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.”
- prokto (प्रोक्तो)
- spoken forth
- Inflected from prokta. pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- yoge (योगे)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- samāpyate (समाप्यते)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” sam- (“together”) + āpyate.
एवं सांख्यं च योगं च प्रवदन्ति मनीषिणः
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” sāṃkhyaṃsāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yogaṃyogaṃ (योगं)From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pravadantipravadanti (प्रवदन्ति)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vadanti. manīṣiṇaḥmanīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)The core matches the root man, “to think.”
[6.1.1@2:103] just and yoking and
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- sāṃkhyaṃ (सांख्यं)
- sāṃkhyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yogaṃ (योगं)
- yoking
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pravadanti (प्रवदन्ति)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vadanti.
- manīṣiṇaḥ (मनीषिणः)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
अनयोस् त्व् अपृथग्ज्ञानान् मुक्तो भवति नान्यथा
anayosanayos (अनयोस्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nayos. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. apṛthagjñānānapṛthagjñānān (अपृथग्ज्ञानान्)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” a- (“not”) + pṛthagjñānān. muktomukto (मुक्तो)mukto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavatibhavati (भवति)Present of bhū, “to be, to come to be.” It comes to be; it is. nānyathānānyathā (नान्यथा)nānyathā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:104] it comes to be
Word make-up
- anayos (अनयोस्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nayos.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- apṛthagjñānān (अपृथग्ज्ञानान्)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” a- (“not”) + pṛthagjñānān.
- mukto (मुक्तो)
- mukto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhavati (भवति)
- it comes to be
- Present of bhū, “to be, to come to be.” It comes to be; it is.
- nānyathā (नान्यथा)
- nānyathā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सांख्ययोगाव् उपायौ द्वाव् उपेयस् त्व् एक एव तु
sāṃkhyayogāvsāṃkhyayogāv (सांख्ययोगाव्)sāṃkhyayogāv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. upāyauupāyau (उपायौ)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” dvāvdvāv (द्वाव्)dvāv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. upeyasupeyas (उपेयस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ekaeka (एक)eka: one. The one, a single. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
[6.1.1@2:105] one just but
Word make-up
- sāṃkhyayogāv (सांख्ययोगाव्)
- sāṃkhyayogāv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- upāyau (उपायौ)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- dvāv (द्वाव्)
- dvāv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- upeyas (उपेयस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eka (एक)
- one
- eka: one. The one, a single.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
देवो नारायणस् त्व् एकः परमात्मेत्य् उदाहृतः
devodevo (देवो)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” nārāyaṇasnārāyaṇas (नारायणस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ekaḥekaḥ (एकः)eka: one. The one, a single. paramātmetyparamātmety (परमात्मेत्य्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” udāhṛtaḥudāhṛtaḥ (उदाहृतः)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” ud- (“up, out”) + āhṛtaḥ.
[6.1.1@2:106] shining one one
Word make-up
- devo (देवो)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- nārāyaṇas (नारायणस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ekaḥ (एकः)
- one
- eka: one. The one, a single.
- paramātmety (परमात्मेत्य्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- udāhṛtaḥ (उदाहृतः)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” ud- (“up, out”) + āhṛtaḥ.
रवमात्रकदेहस् तु सर्वव्याप्याजरामरः
ravamātrakadehasravamātrakadehas (रवमात्रकदेहस्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. sarvavyāpyājarāmaraḥsarvavyāpyājarāmaraḥ (सर्वव्याप्याजरामरः)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
[6.1.1@2:107] but
Word make-up
- ravamātrakadehas (रवमात्रकदेहस्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- sarvavyāpyājarāmaraḥ (सर्वव्याप्याजरामरः)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
तरङ्गजङ्गमस्थास् नु स्वमायातमसावृतः
taraṅgajaṅgamasthāstaraṅgajaṅgamasthās (तरङ्गजङ्गमस्थास्)The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.” nunu (नु)nu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svamāyātamasāvṛtaḥsvamāyātamasāvṛtaḥ (स्वमायातमसावृतः)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.”
[6.1.1@2:108]
Word make-up
- taraṅgajaṅgamasthās (तरङ्गजङ्गमस्थास्)
- The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.”
- nu (नु)
- nu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svamāyātamasāvṛtaḥ (स्वमायातमसावृतः)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.”
बह्वाकार इवाभाति मायया पुरुषोत्तमः
bahvākārabahvākāra (बह्वाकार)bahvākāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ivābhātiivābhāti (इवाभाति)ivābhāti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māyayāmāyayā (मायया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” puruṣottamaḥpuruṣottamaḥ (पुरुषोत्तमः)puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
[6.1.1@2:109] upmost Person
Word make-up
- bahvākāra (बह्वाकार)
- bahvākāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ivābhāti (इवाभाति)
- ivābhāti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- māyayā (मायया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- puruṣottamaḥ (पुरुषोत्तमः)
- upmost Person
- puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
एवं यो वेद योगीन्द्रः स वै मुक्तो भवेन् नरः
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedaveda (वेद)From vid, “to know.” Knowing; then the Veda as the knowing-text. The word is “knowing,” not a book-title first. yogīndraḥyogīndraḥ (योगीन्द्रः)yogīndraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” muktomukto (मुक्तो)mukto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavenbhaven (भवेन्)bhaven is used as a grammatical form in this verse. naraḥnaraḥ (नरः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
[6.1.1@2:110] just knowing (Veda) he indeed a man
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- veda (वेद)
- knowing (Veda)
- From vid, “to know.” Knowing; then the Veda as the knowing-text. The word is “knowing,” not a book-title first.
- yogīndraḥ (योगीन्द्रः)
- yogīndraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- mukto (मुक्तो)
- mukto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaven (भवेन्)
- bhaven is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- naraḥ (नरः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
यत् पृष्टवान् असि मुने तद् उक्तं परमार्थतः
yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. pṛṣṭavānpṛṣṭavān (पृष्टवान्)pṛṣṭavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. asiasi (असि)Present of as: “you are.” munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. uktaṃuktaṃ (उक्तं)Past participle of vac: said. paramārthataḥparamārthataḥ (परमार्थतः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[6.1.1@2:111] which you are that said
Word make-up
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- pṛṣṭavān (पृष्टवान्)
- pṛṣṭavān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asi (असि)
- you are
- Present of as: “you are.”
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- uktaṃ (उक्तं)
- said
- Past participle of vac: said.
- paramārthataḥ (परमार्थतः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
किम् अन्यच् छ्रोतुम् इच्छा ते ह्य् अस्ति मैत्रेय पृच्छ तत्
kimkim (किम्)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” anyacanyac (अन्यच्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nyac. chrotumchrotum (छ्रोतुम्)chrotum is used as a grammatical form in this verse. icchāicchā (इच्छा)From iṣ, “to wish.” Wishes; wish. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. hyhy (ह्य्)hy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. astiasti (अस्ति)Present of as: “there is, he/she/it is.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pṛcchapṛccha (पृच्छ)pṛccha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
[6.1.1@2:112] what wishes you there is that
Word make-up
- kim (किम्)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- anyac (अन्यच्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nyac.
- chrotum (छ्रोतुम्)
- chrotum is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- icchā (इच्छा)
- wishes
- From iṣ, “to wish.” Wishes; wish.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- hy (ह्य्)
- hy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asti (अस्ति)
- there is
- Present of as: “there is, he/she/it is.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pṛccha (पृच्छ)
- pṛccha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
इति श्रीविष्णुपुराणे षष्ठे ऽंशे प्रथमो ऽध्यायः ज्ञानामृतम् इदं श्रुत्वा नास्ति धन्यतरो मम
[[iti[[iti (इति)[[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīviṣṇupurāṇeśrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ṣaṣṭheṣaṣṭhe (षष्ठे)ṣaṣṭhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'ṃśe'ṃśe (ऽंशे)'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prathamoprathamo (प्रथमो)pra- (“forth, forward”) + thamo. 'dhyāyaḥ]]'dhyāyaḥ]] (ऽध्यायः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” jñānāmṛtamjñānāmṛtam (ज्ञानामृतम्)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). śrutvāśrutvā (श्रुत्वा)From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard. nāstināsti (नास्ति)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dhanyatarodhanyataro (धन्यतरो)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
[6.1.1@2:114] pra- (“forth, forward”) + thamo this hearing my
Word make-up
- [[iti (इति)
- [[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- ṣaṣṭhe (षष्ठे)
- ṣaṣṭhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'ṃśe (ऽंशे)
- 'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prathamo (प्रथमो)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + thamo
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + thamo.
- 'dhyāyaḥ]] (ऽध्यायः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- jñānāmṛtam (ज्ञानामृतम्)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.”
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- śrutvā (श्रुत्वा)
- hearing
- From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard.
- nāsti (नास्ति)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- dhanyataro (धन्यतरो)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
मन्ये ऽहं भगवान् अद्य प्रसादं कृतवान् इति
manyemanye (मन्ये)From man, “to think.” Thinks; I think; thought. 'haṃ'haṃ (ऽहं)'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. adyaadya (अद्य)Indeclinable: “today.” prasādaṃprasādaṃ (प्रसादं)pra-sad, “to sit forth, to settle.” Settled clearness; grace as a settling-down of favour. Not a temple sweet. kṛtavānkṛtavān (कृतवान्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
[6.1.1@2:115] thinks the Lord today settled-clearness thus
Word make-up
- manye (मन्ये)
- thinks
- From man, “to think.” Thinks; I think; thought.
- 'haṃ (ऽहं)
- 'haṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- adya (अद्य)
- today
- Indeclinable: “today.”
- prasādaṃ (प्रसादं)
- settled-clearness
- pra-sad, “to sit forth, to settle.” Settled clearness; grace as a settling-down of favour. Not a temple sweet.
- kṛtavān (कृतवान्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
अद्याहं वीतसंदेहो भवं विप्रर्षभ प्रभो
adyāhaṃadyāhaṃ (अद्याहं)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + dyāhaṃ. vītasaṃdehovītasaṃdeho (वीतसंदेहो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” bhavaṃbhavaṃ (भवं)Inflected from bhava. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be. viprarṣabhaviprarṣabha (विप्रर्षभ)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prarṣabha. prabhoprabho (प्रभो)pra- (“forth, forward”) + bho.
[6.1.1@2:116] be vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prarṣabha pra- (“forth, forward”) + bho
Word make-up
- adyāhaṃ (अद्याहं)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + dyāhaṃ.
- vītasaṃdeho (वीतसंदेहो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- bhavaṃ (भवं)
- be
- Inflected from bhava. Imperative of bhū: “be, become.” Also a noun: coming-to-be.
- viprarṣabha (विप्रर्षभ)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prarṣabha
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + prarṣabha.
- prabho (प्रभो)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + bho
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + bho.
तथापि किंचित् पृच्छामि दुर्बोधत्वान् महामुने
tathāpitathāpi (तथापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” kiṃcitkiṃcit (किंचित्)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” pṛcchāmipṛcchāmi (पृच्छामि)pṛcchāmi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. durbodhatvāndurbodhatvān (दुर्बोधत्वान्)dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvān. mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.1@2:117] dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvān
Word make-up
- tathāpi (तथापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- kiṃcit (किंचित्)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- pṛcchāmi (पृच्छामि)
- pṛcchāmi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- durbodhatvān (दुर्बोधत्वान्)
- dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvān
- dur- (“ill, hard”) + bodhatvān.
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
श्रोतुम् इच्छाम्य् अहं त्वत्तो यथावद् उपसंहृतिम् महाप्रलयसंज्ञां च कल्पान्ते च महामुने
śrotumśrotum (श्रोतुम्)śrotum is used as a grammatical form in this verse. icchāmyicchāmy (इच्छाम्य्)icchāmy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ahaṃahaṃ (अहं)Nominative of asmad: “I.” tvattotvatto (त्वत्तो)tvatto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yathāvadyathāvad (यथावद्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” upasaṃhṛtimupasaṃhṛtim (उपसंहृतिम्)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” upa- (“near, toward”) + saṃhṛtim. mahāpralayasaṃjñāṃmahāpralayasaṃjñāṃ (महाप्रलयसंज्ञां)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kalpāntekalpānte (कल्पान्ते)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.2] I and and
Word make-up
- śrotum (श्रोतुम्)
- śrotum is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- icchāmy (इच्छाम्य्)
- icchāmy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ahaṃ (अहं)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
- tvatto (त्वत्तो)
- tvatto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yathāvad (यथावद्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- upasaṃhṛtim (उपसंहृतिम्)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” upa- (“near, toward”) + saṃhṛtim.
- mahāpralayasaṃjñāṃ (महाप्रलयसंज्ञां)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kalpānte (कल्पान्ते)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
मैत्रेय श्रूयतां मत्तो यथावद् उपसंहृतिः कल्पान्ते प्राकृते चैव प्रलये जायते यथा
maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrūyatāṃśrūyatāṃ (श्रूयतां)śrūyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mattomatto (मत्तो)Inflected from matta. Ablative of asmad: from me. yathāvadyathāvad (यथावद्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” upasaṃhṛtiḥupasaṃhṛtiḥ (उपसंहृतिः)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” upa- (“near, toward”) + saṃhṛtiḥ. kalpāntekalpānte (कल्पान्ते)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” prākṛteprākṛte (प्राकृते)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pralayepralaye (प्रलये)pra- (“forth, forward”) + laye. jāyatejāyate (जायते)From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
[6.1.3] from me pra- (“forth, forward”) + laye is born as
Word make-up
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrūyatāṃ (श्रूयतां)
- śrūyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- matto (मत्तो)
- from me
- Inflected from matta. Ablative of asmad: from me.
- yathāvad (यथावद्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- upasaṃhṛtiḥ (उपसंहृतिः)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” upa- (“near, toward”) + saṃhṛtiḥ.
- kalpānte (कल्पान्ते)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- prākṛte (प्राकृते)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pralaye (प्रलये)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + laye
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + laye.
- jāyate (जायते)
- is born
- From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
अहोरात्रं पितॄणां तु मासो ऽब्दस् त्रिदिवौकसाम् चतुर्युगसहस्रे तु ब्रह्मणो द्वे द्विजोत्तम
ahorātraṃahorātraṃ (अहोरात्रं)a- (“not”) + horātraṃ. pitṝṇāṃpitṝṇāṃ (पितॄणां)pitṝṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. māsomāso (मासो)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” 'bdas'bdas (ऽब्दस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tridivaukasāmtridivaukasām (त्रिदिवौकसाम्)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” caturyugasahasrecaturyugasahasre (चतुर्युगसहस्रे)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. brahmaṇobrahmaṇo (ब्रह्मणो)Inflected from brahmaṇa. Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. dvedve (द्वे)dvi: two. Dual forms “these two.” dvijottamadvijottama (द्विजोत्तम)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
[6.1.4] a- (“not”) + horātraṃ but but that-which-is-vast (brahman) two twice-born
Word make-up
- ahorātraṃ (अहोरात्रं)
- a- (“not”) + horātraṃ
- a- (“not”) + horātraṃ.
- pitṝṇāṃ (पितॄणां)
- pitṝṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- māso (मासो)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- 'bdas (ऽब्दस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tridivaukasām (त्रिदिवौकसाम्)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- caturyugasahasre (चतुर्युगसहस्रे)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- brahmaṇo (ब्रह्मणो)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Inflected from brahmaṇa. Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- dve (द्वे)
- two
- dvi: two. Dual forms “these two.”
- dvijottama (द्विजोत्तम)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
कृतं त्रेता द्वापरं च कलिश् चैव चतुर्युगम् दिव्यैर् वर्षसहस्रैस् तु तद् द्वादशभिर् उच्यते
kṛtaṃkṛtaṃ (कृतं)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” tretātretā (त्रेता)tretā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dvāparaṃdvāparaṃ (द्वापरं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kaliśkaliś (कलिश्)kaliś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caturyugamcaturyugam (चतुर्युगम्)The core matches the root gam, “to go.” divyairdivyair (दिव्यैर्)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” varṣasahasraisvarṣasahasrais (वर्षसहस्रैस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. dvādaśabhirdvādaśabhir (द्वादशभिर्)dvādaśabhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ucyateucyate (उच्यते)Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
[6.1.5] and but that is called
Word make-up
- kṛtaṃ (कृतं)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- tretā (त्रेता)
- tretā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dvāparaṃ (द्वापरं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kaliś (कलिश्)
- kaliś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caturyugam (चतुर्युगम्)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
- divyair (दिव्यैर्)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- varṣasahasrais (वर्षसहस्रैस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- dvādaśabhir (द्वादशभिर्)
- dvādaśabhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ucyate (उच्यते)
- is called
- Passive of vac, “to speak.” It is said; it is called.
चतुर्युगाण्य् अशेषाणि सदृशानि स्वरूपतः आद्यं कृतयुगं मुक्त्वा मैत्रेयान्त्यं तथा कलिम्
caturyugāṇycaturyugāṇy (चतुर्युगाण्य्)caturyugāṇy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. aśeṣāṇiaśeṣāṇi (अशेषाणि)a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇi. sadṛśānisadṛśāni (सदृशानि)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” svarūpataḥsvarūpataḥ (स्वरूपतः)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” ādyaṃādyaṃ (आद्यं)ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaṃ. kṛtayugaṃkṛtayugaṃ (कृतयुगं)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” muktvāmuktvā (मुक्त्वा)muktvā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maitreyāntyaṃmaitreyāntyaṃ (मैत्रेयान्त्यं)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” kalimkalim (कलिम्)kalim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.6] a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇi ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaṃ so
Word make-up
- caturyugāṇy (चतुर्युगाण्य्)
- caturyugāṇy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- aśeṣāṇi (अशेषाणि)
- a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇi
- a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇi.
- sadṛśāni (सदृशानि)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- svarūpataḥ (स्वरूपतः)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
- ādyaṃ (आद्यं)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaṃ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaṃ.
- kṛtayugaṃ (कृतयुगं)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- muktvā (मुक्त्वा)
- muktvā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maitreyāntyaṃ (मैत्रेयान्त्यं)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- kalim (कलिम्)
- kalim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
आद्ये कृतयुगे सर्गो ब्रह्मणा क्रियते यतः क्रियते चोपसंहारस् तथान्ते च कलौ युगे
ādyeādye (आद्ये)ā- (“unto, fully”) + dye. kṛtayugekṛtayuge (कृतयुगे)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” sargosargo (सर्गो)sargo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. brahmaṇābrahmaṇā (ब्रह्मणा)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. kriyatekriyate (क्रियते)Passive of kṛ: it is done. yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. kriyatekriyate (क्रियते)Passive of kṛ: it is done. copasaṃhārascopasaṃhāras (चोपसंहारस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tathāntetathānte (तथान्ते)tathānte is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.7] ā- (“unto, fully”) + dye that-which-is-vast (brahman) is done which is done and
Word make-up
- ādye (आद्ये)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dye
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dye.
- kṛtayuge (कृतयुगे)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- sargo (सर्गो)
- sargo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- brahmaṇā (ब्रह्मणा)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- kriyate (क्रियते)
- is done
- Passive of kṛ: it is done.
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- kriyate (क्रियते)
- is done
- Passive of kṛ: it is done.
- copasaṃhāras (चोपसंहारस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tathānte (तथान्ते)
- tathānte is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कलेः स्वरूपं भगवन् विस्तराद् वक्तुम् अर्हसि धर्मश् चतुष्पाद् भगवन् यस्मिन् विप्लवम् ऋच्छति
kaleḥkaleḥ (कलेः)kaleḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svarūpaṃsvarūpaṃ (स्वरूपं)svarūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavanbhagavan (भगवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vistarādvistarād (विस्तराद्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + starād. vaktumvaktum (वक्तुम्)Infinitive of vac: to speak, to tell. arhasiarhasi (अर्हसि)From arh, “to be worth, to be able, to ought.” You are able / you ought. dharmaśdharmaś (धर्मश्)dharmaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. catuṣpādcatuṣpād (चतुष्पाद्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” bhagavanbhagavan (भगवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” yasminyasmin (यस्मिन्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” viplavamviplavam (विप्लवम्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + plavam. ṛcchatiṛcchati (ऋच्छति)ṛcchati is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.8] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + starād to tell you ought vi- (“apart, asunder”) + plavam
Word make-up
- kaleḥ (कलेः)
- kaleḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svarūpaṃ (स्वरूपं)
- svarūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavan (भगवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- vistarād (विस्तराद्)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + starād
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + starād.
- vaktum (वक्तुम्)
- to tell
- Infinitive of vac: to speak, to tell.
- arhasi (अर्हसि)
- you ought
- From arh, “to be worth, to be able, to ought.” You are able / you ought.
- dharmaś (धर्मश्)
- dharmaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- catuṣpād (चतुष्पाद्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- bhagavan (भगवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- yasmin (यस्मिन्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- viplavam (विप्लवम्)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + plavam
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + plavam.
- ṛcchati (ऋच्छति)
- ṛcchati is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कलेः स्वरूपं मैत्रेय यद् भवान् प्रष्टुम् इच्छति तन् निबोध समासेन वर्तते यन् महामुने
kaleḥkaleḥ (कलेः)kaleḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svarūpaṃsvarūpaṃ (स्वरूपं)svarūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. bhavānbhavān (भवान्)Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you). praṣṭumpraṣṭum (प्रष्टुम्)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṣṭum. icchatiicchati (इच्छति)From iṣ, “to wish.” Wishes; wish. tantan (तन्)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” nibodhanibodha (निबोध)ni-budh, “to wake to, to learn.” Learn! Know! samāsenasamāsena (समासेन)Inflected from samās. sama: same, even, equal. Evenness. vartatevartate (वर्तते)From vṛt, “to turn.” Turns, goes on. pra-vṛt: turns forth, starts. yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.9] which you pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṣṭum wishes learn even turns
Word make-up
- kaleḥ (कलेः)
- kaleḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svarūpaṃ (स्वरूपं)
- svarūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- bhavān (भवान्)
- you
- Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
- praṣṭum (प्रष्टुम्)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṣṭum
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṣṭum.
- icchati (इच्छति)
- wishes
- From iṣ, “to wish.” Wishes; wish.
- tan (तन्)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- nibodha (निबोध)
- learn
- ni-budh, “to wake to, to learn.” Learn! Know!
- samāsena (समासेन)
- even
- Inflected from samās. sama: same, even, equal. Evenness.
- vartate (वर्तते)
- turns
- From vṛt, “to turn.” Turns, goes on. pra-vṛt: turns forth, starts.
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
वर्णाश्रमाचारवती प्रवृत्तिर् न कलौ नृणाम् न साम-ऋग्यजुर्वेदविनिष्पादनहैतुकी
varṇāśramācāravatīvarṇāśramācāravatī (वर्णाश्रमाचारवती)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” pravṛttirpravṛttir (प्रवृत्तिर्)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vṛttir. nana (न)Negation: “not.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nṛṇāmnṛṇām (नृणाम्)nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” sāma-ṛgyajurvedaviniṣpādanahaitukīsāma-ṛgyajurvedaviniṣpādanahaitukī (साम-ऋग्यजुर्वेदविनिष्पादनहैतुकी)Compound. sāma: sāma is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ṛgyajurvedaviniṣpādanahaitukī: The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
[6.1.10] not not
Word make-up
- varṇāśramācāravatī (वर्णाश्रमाचारवती)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- pravṛttir (प्रवृत्तिर्)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vṛttir.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nṛṇām (नृणाम्)
- nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- sāma-ṛgyajurvedaviniṣpādanahaitukī (साम-ऋग्यजुर्वेदविनिष्पादनहैतुकी)
- Compound. sāma: sāma is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ṛgyajurvedaviniṣpādanahaitukī: The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
विवाहा न कलौ धर्म्या न शिष्यगुरुसंस्थितिः न दाम्पत्यक्रमो नैव वह्निदेवात्मकः क्रमः
vivāhāvivāhā (विवाहा)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + vāhā. nana (न)Negation: “not.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dharmyādharmyā (धर्म्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” śiṣyagurusaṃsthitiḥśiṣyagurusaṃsthitiḥ (शिष्यगुरुसंस्थितिः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” dāmpatyakramodāmpatyakramo (दाम्पत्यक्रमो)The core matches the root kram, “to step.” naivanaiva (नैव)na “not” + eva “just.” vahnidevātmakaḥvahnidevātmakaḥ (वह्निदेवात्मकः)The core matches the root vah, “to carry.” kramaḥkramaḥ (क्रमः)The core matches the root kram, “to step.”
[6.1.11] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + vāhā not not not not at all
Word make-up
- vivāhā (विवाहा)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + vāhā
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + vāhā.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dharmyā (धर्म्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- śiṣyagurusaṃsthitiḥ (शिष्यगुरुसंस्थितिः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- dāmpatyakramo (दाम्पत्यक्रमो)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.”
- naiva (नैव)
- not at all
- na “not” + eva “just.”
- vahnidevātmakaḥ (वह्निदेवात्मकः)
- The core matches the root vah, “to carry.”
- kramaḥ (क्रमः)
- The core matches the root kram, “to step.”
यत्र तत्र कुले जातो बली सर्वेश्वरः कलौ सर्वेभ्य एव वर्णेभ्यो योग्यः कन्यावरोधने
yatrayatra (यत्र)ya- + tra: “in which place, where.” tatratatra (तत्र)ta- + tra: “in that place, there.” kulekule (कुले)kule is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jātojāto (जातो)Inflected from jāta. From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born. balībalī (बली)balī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarveśvaraḥsarveśvaraḥ (सर्वेश्वरः)sarveśvaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvebhyasarvebhya (सर्वेभ्य)sarvebhya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” varṇebhyovarṇebhyo (वर्णेभ्यो)varṇebhyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yogyaḥyogyaḥ (योग्यः)yogyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kanyāvarodhanekanyāvarodhane (कन्यावरोधने)The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
[6.1.12] where there is born just
Word make-up
- yatra (यत्र)
- where
- ya- + tra: “in which place, where.”
- tatra (तत्र)
- there
- ta- + tra: “in that place, there.”
- kule (कुले)
- kule is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jāto (जातो)
- is born
- Inflected from jāta. From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born.
- balī (बली)
- balī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarveśvaraḥ (सर्वेश्वरः)
- sarveśvaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvebhya (सर्वेभ्य)
- sarvebhya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- varṇebhyo (वर्णेभ्यो)
- varṇebhyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yogyaḥ (योग्यः)
- yogyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kanyāvarodhane (कन्यावरोधने)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
येन तेनैव योगेन द्विजातिर् दीक्षितः कलौ यैव सैव च मैत्रेय प्रायश्चित्तक्रिया कलौ
yenayena (येन)Instrumental of yad: “by which.” tenaivatenaiva (तेनैव)tenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yogenayogena (योगेन)Inflected from yoga. From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.” dvijātirdvijātir (द्विजातिर्)dvijātir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dīkṣitaḥdīkṣitaḥ (दीक्षितः)The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yaivayaiva (यैव)yaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. saivasaiva (सैव)saiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prāyaścittakriyāprāyaścittakriyā (प्रायश्चित्तक्रिया)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.13] by which yoking and
Word make-up
- yena (येन)
- by which
- Instrumental of yad: “by which.”
- tenaiva (तेनैव)
- tenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yogena (योगेन)
- yoking
- Inflected from yoga. From yuj, “to yoke, to join, to harness.” Yoga is a yoking: a joining of the mind, or a harnessing to a method. Not a vague “practice.”
- dvijātir (द्विजातिर्)
- dvijātir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dīkṣitaḥ (दीक्षितः)
- The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yaiva (यैव)
- yaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- saiva (सैव)
- saiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prāyaścittakriyā (प्रायश्चित्तक्रिया)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सर्वम् एव कलौ शास्त्रं यस्य यद् वचनं द्विज देवताश् च कलौ सर्वाः सर्वः सर्वस्य चाश्रमः
sarvamsarvam (सर्वम्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śāstraṃśāstraṃ (शास्त्रं)The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.” yasyayasya (यस्य)Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. vacanaṃvacanaṃ (वचनं)From vac, “to speak.” Speech; a speaking. dvijadvija (द्विज)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born. devatāśdevatāś (देवताश्)devatāś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvāḥsarvāḥ (सर्वाः)Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. sarvaḥsarvasya (सर्वस्य)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. sarvasyasarvaḥ (सर्वः)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. cāśramaḥcāśramaḥ (चाश्रमः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[6.1.14] all just whose which speech twice-born and all all all
Word make-up
- sarvam (सर्वम्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śāstraṃ (शास्त्रं)
- The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.”
- yasya (यस्य)
- whose
- Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- vacanaṃ (वचनं)
- speech
- From vac, “to speak.” Speech; a speaking.
- dvija (द्विज)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
- devatāś (देवताश्)
- devatāś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvāḥ (सर्वाः)
- all
- Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- sarvaḥ (सर्वः)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- sarvasya (सर्वस्य)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- cāśramaḥ (चाश्रमः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
उपवासस् तथायासो वित्तोत्सर्गस् तथा कलौ धर्मो यथाभिरुचितैर् अनुष्ठानैर् अनुष्ठितः
upavāsasupavāsas (उपवासस्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” upa- (“near, toward”) + vāsas. tathāyāsotathāyāso (तथायासो)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” vittotsargasvittotsargas (वित्तोत्सर्गस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttotsargas. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dharmodharmo (धर्मो)From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.” yathābhirucitairyathābhirucitair (यथाभिरुचितैर्)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” anuṣṭhānairanuṣṭhānair (अनुष्ठानैर्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anu- (“along, after”) + ṣṭhānair. anuṣṭhitaḥanuṣṭhitaḥ (अनुष्ठितः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anu- (“along, after”) + ṣṭhitaḥ.
[6.1.15] so that which holds
Word make-up
- upavāsas (उपवासस्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” upa- (“near, toward”) + vāsas.
- tathāyāso (तथायासो)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- vittotsargas (वित्तोत्सर्गस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttotsargas.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dharmo (धर्मो)
- that which holds
- From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.”
- yathābhirucitair (यथाभिरुचितैर्)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- anuṣṭhānair (अनुष्ठानैर्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anu- (“along, after”) + ṣṭhānair.
- anuṣṭhitaḥ (अनुष्ठितः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anu- (“along, after”) + ṣṭhitaḥ.
वित्तेन भविता पुंसां स्वल्पेनाढ्यमदः कलौ स्त्रीणां रूपमदश् चैव केशैर् एव भविष्यति
vittenavittena (वित्तेन)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttena. bhavitābhavitā (भविता)bhavitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puṃsāṃpuṃsāṃ (पुंसां)puṃsāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svalpenāḍhyamadaḥsvalpenāḍhyamadaḥ (स्वल्पेनाढ्यमदः)svalpenāḍhyamadaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. strīṇāṃstrīṇāṃ (स्त्रीणां)strīṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rūpamadaśrūpamadaś (रूपमदश्)rūpamadaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. keśairkeśair (केशैर्)keśair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[6.1.16] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttena just
Word make-up
- vittena (वित्तेन)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttena
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttena.
- bhavitā (भविता)
- bhavitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puṃsāṃ (पुंसां)
- puṃsāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svalpenāḍhyamadaḥ (स्वल्पेनाढ्यमदः)
- svalpenāḍhyamadaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- strīṇāṃ (स्त्रीणां)
- strīṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rūpamadaś (रूपमदश्)
- rūpamadaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- keśair (केशैर्)
- keśair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
सुवर्णमणिरत्नादौ वस्त्रे चोपक्षयं गते कलौ स्त्रियो भविष्यन्ति तदा केशैर् अलंकृताः
suvarṇamaṇiratnādausuvarṇamaṇiratnādau (सुवर्णमणिरत्नादौ)su- (“well, good”) + varṇamaṇiratnādau. vastrevastre (वस्त्रे)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” copakṣayaṃcopakṣayaṃ (चोपक्षयं)copakṣayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gategate (गते)Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. striyostriyo (स्त्रियो)striyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” keśairkeśair (केशैर्)keśair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. alaṃkṛtāḥalaṃkṛtāḥ (अलंकृताः)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” a- (“not”) + laṃkṛtāḥ.
[6.1.17] su- (“well, good”) + varṇamaṇiratnādau going then
Word make-up
- suvarṇamaṇiratnādau (सुवर्णमणिरत्नादौ)
- su- (“well, good”) + varṇamaṇiratnādau
- su- (“well, good”) + varṇamaṇiratnādau.
- vastre (वस्त्रे)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- copakṣayaṃ (चोपक्षयं)
- copakṣayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gate (गते)
- going
- Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- striyo (स्त्रियो)
- striyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- keśair (केशैर्)
- keśair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- alaṃkṛtāḥ (अलंकृताः)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” a- (“not”) + laṃkṛtāḥ.
परित्यक्ष्यन्ति भर्तारं वित्तहीनं तथा स्त्रियः भर्ता भविष्यति कलौ वित्तवान् एव योषिताम्
parityakṣyantiparityakṣyanti (परित्यक्ष्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pari- (“around”) + tyakṣyanti. bhartāraṃbhartāraṃ (भर्तारं)bhartāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vittahīnaṃvittahīnaṃ (वित्तहीनं)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttahīnaṃ. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhartābhartā (भर्ता)bhartā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vittavānvittavān (वित्तवान्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttavān. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” yoṣitāmyoṣitām (योषिताम्)yoṣitām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.18] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttahīnaṃ so vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttavān just
Word make-up
- parityakṣyanti (परित्यक्ष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pari- (“around”) + tyakṣyanti.
- bhartāraṃ (भर्तारं)
- bhartāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vittahīnaṃ (वित्तहीनं)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttahīnaṃ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttahīnaṃ.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhartā (भर्ता)
- bhartā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vittavān (वित्तवान्)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttavān
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ttavān.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- yoṣitām (योषिताम्)
- yoṣitām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यो यो ददाति बहुलं स स स्वामी तदा नृणाम् स्वामित्वहेतुः संबन्धो भावी नाभिजनस् तदा
yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dadātidadāti (ददाति)From dā, “to give.” Gives; having given; given. bahulaṃbahulaṃ (बहुलं)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” svāmīsvāmī (स्वामी)svāmī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” nṛṇāmnṛṇām (नृणाम्)nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svāmitvahetuḥsvāmitvahetuḥ (स्वामित्वहेतुः)The core matches the root vah, “to carry.” saṃbandhosaṃbandho (संबन्धो)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” saṃ- (“together”) + bandho. bhāvībhāvī (भावी)Inflected from bhāva. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. nābhijanasnābhijanas (नाभिजनस्)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
[6.1.19] gives he he then coming-to-be then
Word make-up
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dadāti (ददाति)
- gives
- From dā, “to give.” Gives; having given; given.
- bahulaṃ (बहुलं)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- svāmī (स्वामी)
- svāmī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- nṛṇām (नृणाम्)
- nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svāmitvahetuḥ (स्वामित्वहेतुः)
- The core matches the root vah, “to carry.”
- saṃbandho (संबन्धो)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” saṃ- (“together”) + bandho.
- bhāvī (भावी)
- coming-to-be
- Inflected from bhāva. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being.
- nābhijanas (नाभिजनस्)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
गृहान्ता द्रव्यसंघाता द्रव्यान्ता च तथा मतिः अर्थाश् चात्मोपभोगान्ता भविष्यन्ति कलौ युगे
gṛhāntāgṛhāntā (गृहान्ता)gṛhāntā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dravyasaṃghātādravyasaṃghātā (द्रव्यसंघाता)The core matches the root as, “to be.” dravyāntādravyāntā (द्रव्यान्ता)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” matiḥmatiḥ (मतिः)Inflected from mat. mad-/mat- from asmad, the “I” stem: my, of me, coming from me. arthāśarthāś (अर्थाश्)a- (“not”) + rthāś. cātmopabhogāntācātmopabhogāntā (चात्मोपभोगान्ता)cātmopabhogāntā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.20] and so my a- (“not”) + rthāś
Word make-up
- gṛhāntā (गृहान्ता)
- gṛhāntā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dravyasaṃghātā (द्रव्यसंघाता)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- dravyāntā (द्रव्यान्ता)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- matiḥ (मतिः)
- my
- Inflected from mat. mad-/mat- from asmad, the “I” stem: my, of me, coming from me.
- arthāś (अर्थाश्)
- a- (“not”) + rthāś
- a- (“not”) + rthāś.
- cātmopabhogāntā (चात्मोपभोगान्ता)
- cātmopabhogāntā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
स्त्रियः कलौ भविष्यन्ति स्वैरिण्यो ललितस्पृहाः अन्यायावाप्तवित्तेषु पुरुषाश् च स्पृहालवः
striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” svairiṇyosvairiṇyo (स्वैरिण्यो)svairiṇyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. lalitaspṛhāḥlalitaspṛhāḥ (ललितस्पृहाः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” anyāyāvāptavitteṣuanyāyāvāptavitteṣu (अन्यायावाप्तवित्तेषु)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + nyāyāvāptavitteṣu. puruṣāśpuruṣāś (पुरुषाश्)puruṣāś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” spṛhālavaḥspṛhālavaḥ (स्पृहालवः)spṛhālavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.21] and
Word make-up
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- svairiṇyo (स्वैरिण्यो)
- svairiṇyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- lalitaspṛhāḥ (ललितस्पृहाः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- anyāyāvāptavitteṣu (अन्यायावाप्तवित्तेषु)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” a- (“not”) + nyāyāvāptavitteṣu.
- puruṣāś (पुरुषाश्)
- puruṣāś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- spṛhālavaḥ (स्पृहालवः)
- spṛhālavaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अभ्यर्थितो ऽपि सुहृदा स्वार्थहानिं न मानवः पणार्धार्धार्धमात्रे ऽपि करिष्यति तदा द्विज
abhyarthitoabhyarthito (अभ्यर्थितो)a- (“not”) + bhyarthito. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. suhṛdāsuhṛdā (सुहृदा)su- (“well, good”) joined to hṛdā. hṛd / hṛdaya: the heart as the inner place (not only the pump). Together the form means su + that sense. svārthahāniṃsvārthahāniṃ (स्वार्थहानिं)svārthahāniṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” mānavaḥmānavaḥ (मानवः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” paṇārdhārdhārdhamātrepaṇārdhārdhārdhamātre (पणार्धार्धार्धमात्रे)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kariṣyatikariṣyati (करिष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” dvijadvija (द्विज)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
[6.1.22] a- (“not”) + bhyarthito heart not then twice-born
Word make-up
- abhyarthito (अभ्यर्थितो)
- a- (“not”) + bhyarthito
- a- (“not”) + bhyarthito.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- suhṛdā (सुहृदा)
- heart
- su- (“well, good”) joined to hṛdā. hṛd / hṛdaya: the heart as the inner place (not only the pump). Together the form means su + that sense.
- svārthahāniṃ (स्वार्थहानिं)
- svārthahāniṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- mānavaḥ (मानवः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- paṇārdhārdhārdhamātre (पणार्धार्धार्धमात्रे)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kariṣyati (करिष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- dvija (द्विज)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
समानपौरुषं चेतो भावि विप्रेषु वै कलौ क्षीरप्रदानसंबन्धि भावि गोषु च गौरवम्
samānapauruṣaṃsamānapauruṣaṃ (समानपौरुषं)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” sam- (“together”) + ānapauruṣaṃ. cetoceto (चेतो)ceto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhāvibhāvi (भावि)Inflected from bhāva. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. vipreṣuvipreṣu (विप्रेषु)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + preṣu. vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣīrapradānasaṃbandhikṣīrapradānasaṃbandhi (क्षीरप्रदानसंबन्धि)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” bhāvibhāvi (भावि)Inflected from bhāva. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. goṣugoṣu (गोषु)goṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” gauravamgauravam (गौरवम्)gauravam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.23] coming-to-be vi- (“apart, asunder”) + preṣu indeed coming-to-be and
Word make-up
- samānapauruṣaṃ (समानपौरुषं)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” sam- (“together”) + ānapauruṣaṃ.
- ceto (चेतो)
- ceto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhāvi (भावि)
- coming-to-be
- Inflected from bhāva. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being.
- vipreṣu (विप्रेषु)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + preṣu
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + preṣu.
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣīrapradānasaṃbandhi (क्षीरप्रदानसंबन्धि)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
- bhāvi (भावि)
- coming-to-be
- Inflected from bhāva. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being.
- goṣu (गोषु)
- goṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- gauravam (गौरवम्)
- gauravam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अनावृष्टिभयप्रायाः प्रजाः क्षुद्भयकातराः भविष्यन्ति तदा सर्वा गगनासक्तदृष्टयः
anāvṛṣṭibhayaprāyāḥanāvṛṣṭibhayaprāyāḥ (अनावृष्टिभयप्रायाः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + nāvṛṣṭibhayaprāyāḥ. prajāḥprajāḥ (प्रजाः)pra- (“forth, forward”) joined to jāḥ. From jan, “to be born.” Born from; produced. Together the form means pra + that sense. kṣudbhayakātarāḥkṣudbhayakātarāḥ (क्षुद्भयकातराः)kṣudbhayakātarāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” sarvāsarvā (सर्वा)Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. gaganāsaktadṛṣṭayaḥgaganāsaktadṛṣṭayaḥ (गगनासक्तदृष्टयः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
[6.1.24] born from then all
Word make-up
- anāvṛṣṭibhayaprāyāḥ (अनावृष्टिभयप्रायाः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + nāvṛṣṭibhayaprāyāḥ.
- prajāḥ (प्रजाः)
- born from
- pra- (“forth, forward”) joined to jāḥ. From jan, “to be born.” Born from; produced. Together the form means pra + that sense.
- kṣudbhayakātarāḥ (क्षुद्भयकातराः)
- kṣudbhayakātarāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- sarvā (सर्वा)
- all
- Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- gaganāsaktadṛṣṭayaḥ (गगनासक्तदृष्टयः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
कन्दपर्णफलाहारास् तापसा इव मानवाः आत्मानं घातयिष्यन्ति तदावृष्ट्यादिदुःखिताः
kandaparṇaphalāhārāskandaparṇaphalāhārās (कन्दपर्णफलाहारास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tāpasātāpasā (तापसा)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” ivaiva (इव)Particle of comparison: “like, as if.” mānavāḥmānavāḥ (मानवाः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” ātmānaṃātmānaṃ (आत्मानं)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self. ghātayiṣyantighātayiṣyanti (घातयिष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” tadāvṛṣṭyādiduḥkhitāḥtadāvṛṣṭyādiduḥkhitāḥ (तदावृष्ट्यादिदुःखिताः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
[6.1.25] like the self
Word make-up
- kandaparṇaphalāhārās (कन्दपर्णफलाहारास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tāpasā (तापसा)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- iva (इव)
- like
- Particle of comparison: “like, as if.”
- mānavāḥ (मानवाः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- ātmānaṃ (आत्मानं)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
- ghātayiṣyanti (घातयिष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- tadāvṛṣṭyādiduḥkhitāḥ (तदावृष्ट्यादिदुःखिताः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
दुर्भिक्षम् एव सततं तदा क्लेशम् अनीश्वराः प्राप्स्यन्ति व्याहतसुखप्रमोदा मानवाः कलौ
durbhikṣamdurbhikṣam (दुर्भिक्षम्)The core matches the root kṣam, “to endure.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + bhikṣam. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” satataṃsatataṃ (सततं)From satata: stretched continuously; always. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” kleśamkleśam (क्लेशम्)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” anīśvarāḥanīśvarāḥ (अनीश्वराः)an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to īśvarāḥ. From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner. Together the form means an + that sense. prāpsyantiprāpsyanti (प्राप्स्यन्ति)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” vyāhatasukhapramodāvyāhatasukhapramodā (व्याहतसुखप्रमोदा)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” mānavāḥmānavāḥ (मानवाः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.26] just continuously then not the capable ruler
Word make-up
- durbhikṣam (दुर्भिक्षम्)
- The core matches the root kṣam, “to endure.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + bhikṣam.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- satataṃ (सततं)
- continuously
- From satata: stretched continuously; always.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- kleśam (क्लेशम्)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.”
- anīśvarāḥ (अनीश्वराः)
- not the capable ruler
- an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to īśvarāḥ. From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner. Together the form means an + that sense.
- prāpsyanti (प्राप्स्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- vyāhatasukhapramodā (व्याहतसुखप्रमोदा)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- mānavāḥ (मानवाः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अस्नानभोजिनो नाग्निदेवतातिथिपूजनम् करिष्यन्ति कलौ प्राप्ते न च पित्र्योदकक्रियाम्
asnānabhojinoasnānabhojino (अस्नानभोजिनो)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” a- (“not”) + snānabhojino. nāgnidevatātithipūjanamnāgnidevatātithipūjanam (नाग्निदेवतातिथिपूजनम्)The core matches the root pūj, “to honour.” kariṣyantikariṣyanti (करिष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prāpteprāpte (प्राप्ते)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pitryodakakriyāmpitryodakakriyām (पित्र्योदकक्रियाम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
[6.1.27] not and
Word make-up
- asnānabhojino (अस्नानभोजिनो)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” a- (“not”) + snānabhojino.
- nāgnidevatātithipūjanam (नाग्निदेवतातिथिपूजनम्)
- The core matches the root pūj, “to honour.”
- kariṣyanti (करिष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prāpte (प्राप्ते)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pitryodakakriyām (पित्र्योदकक्रियाम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
लोलुपा ह्रस्वदेहाश् च बह्वन्नादनतत्पराः बहुप्रजाल्पभाग्याश् च भविष्यन्ति कलौ स्त्रियः
lolupālolupā (लोलुपा)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” hrasvadehāśhrasvadehāś (ह्रस्वदेहाश्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bahvannādanatatparāḥbahvannādanatatparāḥ (बह्वन्नादनतत्पराः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” bahuprajālpabhāgyāśbahuprajālpabhāgyāś (बहुप्रजाल्पभाग्याश्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.28] and and
Word make-up
- lolupā (लोलुपा)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- hrasvadehāś (ह्रस्वदेहाश्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bahvannādanatatparāḥ (बह्वन्नादनतत्पराः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- bahuprajālpabhāgyāś (बहुप्रजाल्पभाग्याश्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
उभाभ्याम् अथ पाणिभ्यां शिरःकण्डूयनं स्त्रियः कुर्वन्त्यो गुरुभर्तॄणाम् आज्ञां भेत्स्यन्त्य् अनादृताः
ubhābhyāmubhābhyām (उभाभ्याम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” athaatha (अथ)Particle: “then, now” — starts a new move. pāṇibhyāṃpāṇibhyāṃ (पाणिभ्यां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” śiraḥkaṇḍūyanaṃśiraḥkaṇḍūyanaṃ (शिरःकण्डूयनं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kurvantyokurvantyo (कुर्वन्त्यो)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” gurubhartṝṇāmgurubhartṝṇām (गुरुभर्तॄणाम्)gurubhartṝṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ājñāṃājñāṃ (आज्ञां)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + jñāṃ. bhetsyantybhetsyanty (भेत्स्यन्त्य्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anādṛtāḥanādṛtāḥ (अनादृताः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nādṛtāḥ.
[6.1.29] then
Word make-up
- ubhābhyām (उभाभ्याम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- atha (अथ)
- then
- Particle: “then, now” — starts a new move.
- pāṇibhyāṃ (पाणिभ्यां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- śiraḥkaṇḍūyanaṃ (शिरःकण्डूयनं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kurvantyo (कुर्वन्त्यो)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- gurubhartṝṇām (गुरुभर्तॄणाम्)
- gurubhartṝṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ājñāṃ (आज्ञां)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + jñāṃ.
- bhetsyanty (भेत्स्यन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- anādṛtāḥ (अनादृताः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nādṛtāḥ.
स्वपोषणपराः क्षुद्रा देहसंस्कारवर्जिताः परुषानृतभाषिण्यो भविष्यन्ति कलौ स्त्रियः
svapoṣaṇaparāḥsvapoṣaṇaparāḥ (स्वपोषणपराः)The core matches the root svap, “to sleep.” kṣudrākṣudrā (क्षुद्रा)kṣudrā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dehasaṃskāravarjitāḥdehasaṃskāravarjitāḥ (देहसंस्कारवर्जिताः)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” paruṣānṛtabhāṣiṇyoparuṣānṛtabhāṣiṇyo (परुषानृतभाषिण्यो)paruṣānṛtabhāṣiṇyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.30]
Word make-up
- svapoṣaṇaparāḥ (स्वपोषणपराः)
- The core matches the root svap, “to sleep.”
- kṣudrā (क्षुद्रा)
- kṣudrā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dehasaṃskāravarjitāḥ (देहसंस्कारवर्जिताः)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- paruṣānṛtabhāṣiṇyo (परुषानृतभाषिण्यो)
- paruṣānṛtabhāṣiṇyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
दुःशीला दुष्टशीलेषु कुर्वन्त्यः सततं स्पृहाम् असद्वृत्ता भविष्यन्ति पुरुषेषु कुलाङ्गनाः
duḥśīlāduḥśīlā (दुःशीला)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” duṣṭaśīleṣuduṣṭaśīleṣu (दुष्टशीलेषु)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” kurvantyaḥkurvantyaḥ (कुर्वन्त्यः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” satataṃsatataṃ (सततं)From satata: stretched continuously; always. spṛhāmspṛhām (स्पृहाम्)spṛhām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. asadvṛttāasadvṛttā (असद्वृत्ता)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” a- (“not”) + sadvṛttā. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” puruṣeṣupuruṣeṣu (पुरुषेषु)Inflected from puruṣa. Often analysed as pūr “filling” or pur “citadel” + śī “to lie”: the one who lies in the stronghold (the body). The Person, as against prakṛti the making-forth. kulāṅganāḥkulāṅganāḥ (कुलाङ्गनाः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
[6.1.31] continuously the Person
Word make-up
- duḥśīlā (दुःशीला)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- duṣṭaśīleṣu (दुष्टशीलेषु)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- kurvantyaḥ (कुर्वन्त्यः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- satataṃ (सततं)
- continuously
- From satata: stretched continuously; always.
- spṛhām (स्पृहाम्)
- spṛhām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asadvṛttā (असद्वृत्ता)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” a- (“not”) + sadvṛttā.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- puruṣeṣu (पुरुषेषु)
- the Person
- Inflected from puruṣa. Often analysed as pūr “filling” or pur “citadel” + śī “to lie”: the one who lies in the stronghold (the body). The Person, as against prakṛti the making-forth.
- kulāṅganāḥ (कुलाङ्गनाः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
वेदादानं करिष्यन्ति बटवश् च तथाव्रताः गृहस्थाश् च न होष्यन्ति न दास्यन्त्य् उचितान्य् अपि
vedādānaṃvedādānaṃ (वेदादानं)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” kariṣyantikariṣyanti (करिष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” baṭavaśbaṭavaś (बटवश्)baṭavaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tathāvratāḥtathāvratāḥ (तथाव्रताः)tathāvratāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gṛhasthāśgṛhasthāś (गृहस्थाश्)The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” hoṣyantihoṣyanti (होष्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” dāsyantydāsyanty (दास्यन्त्य्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ucitānyucitāny (उचितान्य्)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.”
[6.1.32] and and not not also
Word make-up
- vedādānaṃ (वेदादानं)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- kariṣyanti (करिष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- baṭavaś (बटवश्)
- baṭavaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tathāvratāḥ (तथाव्रताः)
- tathāvratāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gṛhasthāś (गृहस्थाश्)
- The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- hoṣyanti (होष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- dāsyanty (दास्यन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- ucitāny (उचितान्य्)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
वनवासिनो भविष्यन्ति ग्राम्याहारपरिग्रहाः भिक्षवश् चापि मित्रादिस्नेहसंबन्धयन्त्रणाः
vanavāsinovanavāsino (वनवासिनो)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” grāmyāhāraparigrahāḥgrāmyāhāraparigrahāḥ (ग्राम्याहारपरिग्रहाः)The core matches the root grah, “to grasp.” bhikṣavaśbhikṣavaś (भिक्षवश्)bhikṣavaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cāpicāpi (चापि)Inflected from cāpa. dhanus: bow. cāpa also bow. mitrādisnehasaṃbandhayantraṇāḥmitrādisnehasaṃbandhayantraṇāḥ (मित्रादिस्नेहसंबन्धयन्त्रणाः)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
[6.1.33] bow
Word make-up
- vanavāsino (वनवासिनो)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- grāmyāhāraparigrahāḥ (ग्राम्याहारपरिग्रहाः)
- The core matches the root grah, “to grasp.”
- bhikṣavaś (भिक्षवश्)
- bhikṣavaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cāpi (चापि)
- bow
- Inflected from cāpa. dhanus: bow. cāpa also bow.
- mitrādisnehasaṃbandhayantraṇāḥ (मित्रादिस्नेहसंबन्धयन्त्रणाः)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
अरक्षितारो हर्तारः शुल्कव्याजेन पार्थिवाः हारिणो जनवित्तानां संप्राप्ते तु कलौ युगे
arakṣitāroarakṣitāro (अरक्षितारो)The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” a- (“not”) + rakṣitāro. hartāraḥhartāraḥ (हर्तारः)hartāraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śulkavyājenaśulkavyājena (शुल्कव्याजेन)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pārthivāḥpārthivāḥ (पार्थिवाः)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” hāriṇohāriṇo (हारिणो)hāriṇo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. janavittānāṃjanavittānāṃ (जनवित्तानां)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” saṃprāptesaṃprāpte (संप्राप्ते)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” saṃ- (“together”) + prāpte. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.34] but
Word make-up
- arakṣitāro (अरक्षितारो)
- The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” a- (“not”) + rakṣitāro.
- hartāraḥ (हर्तारः)
- hartāraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śulkavyājena (शुल्कव्याजेन)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- pārthivāḥ (पार्थिवाः)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- hāriṇo (हारिणो)
- hāriṇo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- janavittānāṃ (जनवित्तानां)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- saṃprāpte (संप्राप्ते)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” saṃ- (“together”) + prāpte.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यो यो ऽश्वरथनागाढ्यः स स राजा भविष्यति यश् च यश् चाबलः सर्वः स स भृत्यः कलौ युगे
yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'śvarathanāgāḍhyaḥ'śvarathanāgāḍhyaḥ (ऽश्वरथनागाढ्यः)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” rājārājā (राजा)From rāj, “to shine, to rule.” The shining ruler; a king. bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” yaśyaś (यश्)yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yaśyaś (यश्)yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cābalaḥcābalaḥ (चाबलः)cābalaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvaḥsarvaḥ (सर्वः)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” bhṛtyaḥbhṛtyaḥ (भृत्यः)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.35] he he king and all he he
Word make-up
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'śvarathanāgāḍhyaḥ (ऽश्वरथनागाढ्यः)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- rājā (राजा)
- king
- From rāj, “to shine, to rule.” The shining ruler; a king.
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- yaś (यश्)
- yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yaś (यश्)
- yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cābalaḥ (चाबलः)
- cābalaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvaḥ (सर्वः)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- bhṛtyaḥ (भृत्यः)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
वैश्याः कृषिवणिज्यादि संत्यज्य निजकर्म यत् शूद्रवृत्त्या प्रवर्त्स्यन्ति कारुकर्मोपजीविनः
vaiśyāḥvaiśyāḥ (वैश्याः)Inflected from vaiśya. From viś, “settlement, the people.” One of the settler/producer class. kṛṣivaṇijyādikṛṣivaṇijyādi (कृषिवणिज्यादि)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” saṃtyajyasaṃtyajya (संत्यज्य)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” saṃ- (“together”) + tyajya. nijakarmanijakarma (निजकर्म)ni- (“down, in”) + jakarma. yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. śūdravṛttyāśūdravṛttyā (शूद्रवृत्त्या)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” pravartsyantipravartsyanti (प्रवर्त्स्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vartsyanti. kārukarmopajīvinaḥkārukarmopajīvinaḥ (कारुकर्मोपजीविनः)The core matches the root jīv, “to live.”
[6.1.36] a vaiśya ni- (“down, in”) + jakarma which
Word make-up
- vaiśyāḥ (वैश्याः)
- a vaiśya
- Inflected from vaiśya. From viś, “settlement, the people.” One of the settler/producer class.
- kṛṣivaṇijyādi (कृषिवणिज्यादि)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.”
- saṃtyajya (संत्यज्य)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” saṃ- (“together”) + tyajya.
- nijakarma (निजकर्म)
- ni- (“down, in”) + jakarma
- ni- (“down, in”) + jakarma.
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- śūdravṛttyā (शूद्रवृत्त्या)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.”
- pravartsyanti (प्रवर्त्स्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vartsyanti.
- kārukarmopajīvinaḥ (कारुकर्मोपजीविनः)
- The core matches the root jīv, “to live.”
भैक्ष्यव्रतास् तथा शूद्राः प्रव्रज्यालिङ्गिनो ऽधमाः पाषण्डसंश्रयां वृत्तिम् आश्रयिष्यन्त्य् असंस्कृताः
bhaikṣyavratāsbhaikṣyavratās (भैक्ष्यव्रतास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” śūdrāḥśūdrāḥ (शूद्राः)Inflected from śūdra. The fourth class; traditionally from śuc/śudh or as the name of that group. The serving class in varṇa-talk. pravrajyāliṅginopravrajyāliṅgino (प्रव्रज्यालिङ्गिनो)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vrajyāliṅgino. 'dhamāḥ'dhamāḥ (ऽधमाः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pāṣaṇḍasaṃśrayāṃpāṣaṇḍasaṃśrayāṃ (पाषण्डसंश्रयां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” vṛttimvṛttim (वृत्तिम्)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” āśrayiṣyantyāśrayiṣyanty (आश्रयिष्यन्त्य्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + śrayiṣyanty. asaṃskṛtāḥasaṃskṛtāḥ (असंस्कृताः)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” a- (“not”) + saṃskṛtāḥ.
[6.1.37] so a śūdra
Word make-up
- bhaikṣyavratās (भैक्ष्यव्रतास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- śūdrāḥ (शूद्राः)
- a śūdra
- Inflected from śūdra. The fourth class; traditionally from śuc/śudh or as the name of that group. The serving class in varṇa-talk.
- pravrajyāliṅgino (प्रव्रज्यालिङ्गिनो)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + vrajyāliṅgino.
- 'dhamāḥ (ऽधमाः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- pāṣaṇḍasaṃśrayāṃ (पाषण्डसंश्रयां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- vṛttim (वृत्तिम्)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.”
- āśrayiṣyanty (आश्रयिष्यन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + śrayiṣyanty.
- asaṃskṛtāḥ (असंस्कृताः)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” a- (“not”) + saṃskṛtāḥ.
दुर्भिक्षकरपीडाभिर् अतीवोपद्रुता जनाः गोधूमान्नयवान्नाढ्यान् देशान् यास्यन्ति दुःखिताः
durbhikṣakarapīḍābhirdurbhikṣakarapīḍābhir (दुर्भिक्षकरपीडाभिर्)dur- (“ill, hard”) + bhikṣakarapīḍābhir. atīvopadrutāatīvopadrutā (अतीवोपद्रुता)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” a- (“not”) + tīvopadrutā. janāḥjanāḥ (जनाः)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” godhūmānnayavānnāḍhyāngodhūmānnayavānnāḍhyān (गोधूमान्नयवान्नाढ्यान्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” deśāndeśān (देशान्)deśān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yāsyantiyāsyanti (यास्यन्ति)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” duḥkhitāḥduḥkhitāḥ (दुःखिताः)duḥkhitāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.38] dur- (“ill, hard”) + bhikṣakarapīḍābhir
Word make-up
- durbhikṣakarapīḍābhir (दुर्भिक्षकरपीडाभिर्)
- dur- (“ill, hard”) + bhikṣakarapīḍābhir
- dur- (“ill, hard”) + bhikṣakarapīḍābhir.
- atīvopadrutā (अतीवोपद्रुता)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” a- (“not”) + tīvopadrutā.
- janāḥ (जनाः)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- godhūmānnayavānnāḍhyān (गोधूमान्नयवान्नाढ्यान्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- deśān (देशान्)
- deśān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yāsyanti (यास्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- duḥkhitāḥ (दुःखिताः)
- duḥkhitāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
वेदमार्गे प्रलीने च पाषण्डाढ्ये ततो जने अधर्मवृद्ध्या लोकानाम् अल्पम् आयुर् भविष्यति
vedamārgevedamārge (वेदमार्गे)The core matches the root dam, “to tame.” pralīnepralīne (प्रलीने)pra- (“forth, forward”) + līne. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pāṣaṇḍāḍhyepāṣaṇḍāḍhye (पाषण्डाढ्ये)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. janejane (जने)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” adharmavṛddhyāadharmavṛddhyā (अधर्मवृद्ध्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + dharmavṛddhyā. lokānāmlokānām (लोकानाम्)Inflected from loka. From lok / ruc, “to see, to shine.” A seen-world; a realm that appears. Not just “people.” alpamalpam (अल्पम्)alpa: little, small. āyurāyur (आयुर्)ā- (“unto, fully”) + yur. bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[6.1.39] pra- (“forth, forward”) + līne and that world little ā- (“unto, fully”) + yur
Word make-up
- vedamārge (वेदमार्गे)
- The core matches the root dam, “to tame.”
- pralīne (प्रलीने)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + līne
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + līne.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pāṣaṇḍāḍhye (पाषण्डाढ्ये)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- jane (जने)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- adharmavṛddhyā (अधर्मवृद्ध्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + dharmavṛddhyā.
- lokānām (लोकानाम्)
- world
- Inflected from loka. From lok / ruc, “to see, to shine.” A seen-world; a realm that appears. Not just “people.”
- alpam (अल्पम्)
- little
- alpa: little, small.
- āyur (आयुर्)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + yur
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + yur.
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
अशास्त्रविहितं घोरं तप्यमानेषु वै तपः नरेषु नृपदोषेण बालमृत्युर् भविष्यति
aśāstravihitaṃaśāstravihitaṃ (अशास्त्रविहितं)The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.” a- (“not”) + śāstravihitaṃ. ghoraṃghoraṃ (घोरं)ghoraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tapyamāneṣutapyamāneṣu (तप्यमानेषु)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” tapaḥtapaḥ (तपः)From tap, “to heat, to burn.” Heat; the heating of oneself (austerity as inner heat, not grim duty). nareṣunareṣu (नरेषु)Inflected from nara. nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person). nṛpadoṣeṇanṛpadoṣeṇa (नृपदोषेण)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” bālamṛtyurbālamṛtyur (बालमृत्युर्)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[6.1.40] indeed heat a man
Word make-up
- aśāstravihitaṃ (अशास्त्रविहितं)
- The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.” a- (“not”) + śāstravihitaṃ.
- ghoraṃ (घोरं)
- ghoraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tapyamāneṣu (तप्यमानेषु)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.”
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- tapaḥ (तपः)
- heat
- From tap, “to heat, to burn.” Heat; the heating of oneself (austerity as inner heat, not grim duty).
- nareṣu (नरेषु)
- a man
- Inflected from nara. nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
- nṛpadoṣeṇa (नृपदोषेण)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- bālamṛtyur (बालमृत्युर्)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
भवित्री योषितां सूतिः पञ्चषट्सप्तवार्षिकी नवाष्टदशवर्षाणां मनुष्याणां तथा कलौ
bhavitrībhavitrī (भवित्री)bhavitrī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yoṣitāṃyoṣitāṃ (योषितां)yoṣitāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sūtiḥsūtiḥ (सूतिः)Inflected from sūta. sūta: charioteer; also “born.” Sañjaya is addressed as sūta in the frame elsewhere; here often the bard. pañcaṣaṭsaptavārṣikīpañcaṣaṭsaptavārṣikī (पञ्चषट्सप्तवार्षिकी)pañcaṣaṭsaptavārṣikī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. navāṣṭadaśavarṣāṇāṃnavāṣṭadaśavarṣāṇāṃ (नवाष्टदशवर्षाणां)navāṣṭadaśavarṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. manuṣyāṇāṃmanuṣyāṇāṃ (मनुष्याणां)The core matches the root man, “to think.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.41] charioteer so
Word make-up
- bhavitrī (भवित्री)
- bhavitrī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yoṣitāṃ (योषितां)
- yoṣitāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sūtiḥ (सूतिः)
- charioteer
- Inflected from sūta. sūta: charioteer; also “born.” Sañjaya is addressed as sūta in the frame elsewhere; here often the bard.
- pañcaṣaṭsaptavārṣikī (पञ्चषट्सप्तवार्षिकी)
- pañcaṣaṭsaptavārṣikī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- navāṣṭadaśavarṣāṇāṃ (नवाष्टदशवर्षाणां)
- navāṣṭadaśavarṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- manuṣyāṇāṃ (मनुष्याणां)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
पलितोद्भवश् च भविता तदा द्वादशवार्षिकः नातिजीवति वै कश्चित् कलौ वर्षाणि विंशतिः
palitodbhavaśpalitodbhavaś (पलितोद्भवश्)palitodbhavaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhavitābhavitā (भविता)bhavitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” dvādaśavārṣikaḥdvādaśavārṣikaḥ (द्वादशवार्षिकः)dvādaśavārṣikaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nātijīvatinātijīvati (नातिजीवति)The core matches the root tij, “to be sharp.” vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” kaścitkaścit (कश्चित्)kas + cid: “someone, anyone.” cid makes the question indefinite. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. varṣāṇivarṣāṇi (वर्षाणि)varṣāṇi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viṃśatiḥviṃśatiḥ (विंशतिः)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṃśatiḥ.
[6.1.42] and then indeed someone vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṃśatiḥ
Word make-up
- palitodbhavaś (पलितोद्भवश्)
- palitodbhavaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhavitā (भविता)
- bhavitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- dvādaśavārṣikaḥ (द्वादशवार्षिकः)
- dvādaśavārṣikaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nātijīvati (नातिजीवति)
- The core matches the root tij, “to be sharp.”
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- kaścit (कश्चित्)
- someone
- kas + cid: “someone, anyone.” cid makes the question indefinite.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- varṣāṇi (वर्षाणि)
- varṣāṇi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viṃśatiḥ (विंशतिः)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṃśatiḥ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṃśatiḥ.
अल्पप्रज्ञा वृथालिङ्गा दुष्टान्तःकरणाः कलौ यतस् ततो विनङ्क्ष्यन्ति कालेनाल्पेन मानवाः
alpaprajñāalpaprajñā (अल्पप्रज्ञा)The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” a- (“not”) + lpaprajñā. vṛthāliṅgāvṛthāliṅgā (वृथालिङ्गा)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” duṣṭāntaḥkaraṇāḥduṣṭāntaḥkaraṇāḥ (दुष्टान्तःकरणाः)duṣṭāntaḥkaraṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yatasyatas (यतस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. vinaṅkṣyantivinaṅkṣyanti (विनङ्क्ष्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naṅkṣyanti. kālenālpenakālenālpena (कालेनाल्पेन)kālenālpena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mānavāḥmānavāḥ (मानवाः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
[6.1.43] that
Word make-up
- alpaprajñā (अल्पप्रज्ञा)
- The core matches the root jñā, “to know.” a- (“not”) + lpaprajñā.
- vṛthāliṅgā (वृथालिङ्गा)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.”
- duṣṭāntaḥkaraṇāḥ (दुष्टान्तःकरणाः)
- duṣṭāntaḥkaraṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yatas (यतस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- vinaṅkṣyanti (विनङ्क्ष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naṅkṣyanti.
- kālenālpena (कालेनाल्पेन)
- kālenālpena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mānavāḥ (मानवाः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
यदा यदा हि मैत्रेय हानिर् धर्मस्य लक्ष्यते
yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hānirhānir (हानिर्)hānir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dharmasyadharmasya (धर्मस्य)From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.” lakṣyatelakṣyate (लक्ष्यते)lakṣyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.43.1:1] when when for that which holds
Word make-up
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hānir (हानिर्)
- hānir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dharmasya (धर्मस्य)
- that which holds
- From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.”
- lakṣyate (लक्ष्यते)
- lakṣyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
तदा तदा कलेर् वृद्धिर् अनुमेया महात्मभिः
tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” kalerkaler (कलेर्)kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vṛddhirvṛddhir (वृद्धिर्)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” anumeyāanumeyā (अनुमेया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā. mahātmabhiḥmahātmabhiḥ (महात्मभिः)mahātmabhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.43.1:2] then then
Word make-up
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- kaler (कलेर्)
- kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vṛddhir (वृद्धिर्)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- anumeyā (अनुमेया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā.
- mahātmabhiḥ (महात्मभिः)
- mahātmabhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
यदा यदा हि पाषण्डवृद्धिर् मैत्रेय लक्ष्यते तदा तदा कलेर् वृद्धिर् अनुमेया विचक्षणैः
yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. pāṣaṇḍavṛddhirpāṣaṇḍavṛddhir (पाषण्डवृद्धिर्)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. lakṣyatelakṣyate (लक्ष्यते)lakṣyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” kalerkaler (कलेर्)kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vṛddhirvṛddhir (वृद्धिर्)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” anumeyāanumeyā (अनुमेया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā. vicakṣaṇaiḥvicakṣaṇaiḥ (विचक्षणैः)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ.
[6.1.44] when when for then then vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ
Word make-up
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- pāṣaṇḍavṛddhir (पाषण्डवृद्धिर्)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- lakṣyate (लक्ष्यते)
- lakṣyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- kaler (कलेर्)
- kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vṛddhir (वृद्धिर्)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- anumeyā (अनुमेया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā.
- vicakṣaṇaiḥ (विचक्षणैः)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ.
यदा यदा सतां हानिर् वेदमार्गानुसारिणाम् तदा तदा कलेर् वृद्धिर् अनुमेया विचक्षणैः
yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” satāṃsatāṃ (सतां)satāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hānirhānir (हानिर्)hānir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedamārgānusāriṇāmvedamārgānusāriṇām (वेदमार्गानुसारिणाम्)The core matches the root dam, “to tame.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” kalerkaler (कलेर्)kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vṛddhirvṛddhir (वृद्धिर्)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” anumeyāanumeyā (अनुमेया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā. vicakṣaṇaiḥvicakṣaṇaiḥ (विचक्षणैः)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ.
[6.1.45] when when then then vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ
Word make-up
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- satāṃ (सतां)
- satāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hānir (हानिर्)
- hānir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedamārgānusāriṇām (वेदमार्गानुसारिणाम्)
- The core matches the root dam, “to tame.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- kaler (कलेर्)
- kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vṛddhir (वृद्धिर्)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- anumeyā (अनुमेया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā.
- vicakṣaṇaiḥ (विचक्षणैः)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cakṣaṇaiḥ.
प्रारम्भाश् चावसीदन्ति यदा धर्मकृतां नृणाम् तदानुमेयं प्राधान्यं कलेर् मैत्रेय पण्डितैः
prārambhāśprārambhāś (प्रारम्भाश्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” cāvasīdanticāvasīdanti (चावसीदन्ति)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” dharmakṛtāṃdharmakṛtāṃ (धर्मकृतां)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” nṛṇāmnṛṇām (नृणाम्)nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadānumeyaṃtadānumeyaṃ (तदानुमेयं)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” prādhānyaṃprādhānyaṃ (प्राधान्यं)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” kalerkaler (कलेर्)kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paṇḍitaiḥpaṇḍitaiḥ (पण्डितैः)Inflected from paṇḍita. paṇḍita: learned, from a stem of wisdom/heap. One who knows.
[6.1.46] when a learned one
Word make-up
- prārambhāś (प्रारम्भाश्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- cāvasīdanti (चावसीदन्ति)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- dharmakṛtāṃ (धर्मकृतां)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- nṛṇām (नृणाम्)
- nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadānumeyaṃ (तदानुमेयं)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- prādhānyaṃ (प्राधान्यं)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- kaler (कलेर्)
- kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paṇḍitaiḥ (पण्डितैः)
- a learned one
- Inflected from paṇḍita. paṇḍita: learned, from a stem of wisdom/heap. One who knows.
यदा यदा न यज्ञानाम् ईश्वरः पुरुषोत्तमः इज्यते पुरुषैर् यज्ञैस् तदा ज्ञेयं कलेर् बलम्
yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” yajñānāmyajñānām (यज्ञानाम्)From yaj, “to offer.” The offering. īśvaraḥīśvaraḥ (ईश्वरः)From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner. puruṣottamaḥpuruṣottamaḥ (पुरुषोत्तमः)puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person. ijyateijyate (इज्यते)ijyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puruṣairpuruṣair (पुरुषैर्)puruṣair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yajñaisyajñais (यज्ञैस्)The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” jñeyaṃjñeyaṃ (ज्ञेयं)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. kalerkaler (कलेर्)kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse. balambalam (बलम्)bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
[6.1.47] when when not offering the capable ruler upmost Person then knowing strength
Word make-up
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- yajñānām (यज्ञानाम्)
- offering
- From yaj, “to offer.” The offering.
- īśvaraḥ (ईश्वरः)
- the capable ruler
- From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner.
- puruṣottamaḥ (पुरुषोत्तमः)
- upmost Person
- puruṣa + uttama (ud-tama, upmost). O upmost Person.
- ijyate (इज्यते)
- ijyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puruṣair (पुरुषैर्)
- puruṣair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yajñais (यज्ञैस्)
- The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- jñeyaṃ (ज्ञेयं)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- kaler (कलेर्)
- kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- balam (बलम्)
- strength
- bala: strength, force (from bal, “to be strong”).
अट्टशूला जनपदा शिवशूलाश् चतुष्पथा
aṭṭaśūlāaṭṭaśūlā (अट्टशूला)a- (“not”) + ṭṭaśūlā. janapadājanapadā (जनपदा)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” śivaśūlāśśivaśūlāś (शिवशूलाश्)śivaśūlāś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. catuṣpathācatuṣpathā (चतुष्पथा)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[6.1.47.2:1] a- (“not”) + ṭṭaśūlā
Word make-up
- aṭṭaśūlā (अट्टशूला)
- a- (“not”) + ṭṭaśūlā
- a- (“not”) + ṭṭaśūlā.
- janapadā (जनपदा)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- śivaśūlāś (शिवशूलाश्)
- śivaśūlāś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- catuṣpathā (चतुष्पथा)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
केशशूला स्त्रियः सर्वा भविष्यन्ति कलौ युगे
keśaśūlākeśaśūlā (केशशूला)keśaśūlā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. striyaḥstriyaḥ (स्त्रियः)striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvāsarvā (सर्वा)Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.47.2:2] all
Word make-up
- keśaśūlā (केशशूला)
- keśaśūlā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- striyaḥ (स्त्रियः)
- striyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvā (सर्वा)
- all
- Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
न प्रीतिर् वेदवादेषु पाषण्डेषु यदा रतिः कलेर् वृद्धिस् तदा प्राज्ञैर् अनुमेया द्विजोत्तम
nana (न)Negation: “not.” prītirprītir (प्रीतिर्)The core matches the root prī, “to please.” vedavādeṣuvedavādeṣu (वेदवादेषु)vedavādeṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pāṣaṇḍeṣupāṣaṇḍeṣu (पाषण्डेषु)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” ratiḥratiḥ (रतिः)ratiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kalerkaler (कलेर्)kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vṛddhisvṛddhis (वृद्धिस्)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” prājñairprājñair (प्राज्ञैर्)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” anumeyāanumeyā (अनुमेया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā. dvijottamadvijottama (द्विजोत्तम)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
[6.1.48] not when then twice-born
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- prītir (प्रीतिर्)
- The core matches the root prī, “to please.”
- vedavādeṣu (वेदवादेषु)
- vedavādeṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pāṣaṇḍeṣu (पाषण्डेषु)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- ratiḥ (रतिः)
- ratiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kaler (कलेर्)
- kaler is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vṛddhis (वृद्धिस्)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- prājñair (प्राज्ञैर्)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- anumeyā (अनुमेया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + meyā.
- dvijottama (द्विजोत्तम)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
कलौ जगत्पतिं विष्णुं सर्वस्रष्टारम् ईश्वरम् नार्चयिष्यन्ति मैत्रेय पाषण्डोपहता नराः
kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagatpatiṃjagatpatiṃ (जगत्पतिं)Inflected from jagatpati. jagat + pati: master of the moving world. viṣṇuṃviṣṇuṃ (विष्णुं)Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. sarvasraṣṭāramsarvasraṣṭāram (सर्वस्रष्टारम्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” īśvaramīśvaram (ईश्वरम्)From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner. nārcayiṣyantinārcayiṣyanti (नार्चयिष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pāṣaṇḍopahatāpāṣaṇḍopahatā (पाषण्डोपहता)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” narāḥnarāḥ (नराः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
[6.1.49] master of the moving world The pervading one the capable ruler a man
Word make-up
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagatpatiṃ (जगत्पतिं)
- master of the moving world
- Inflected from jagatpati. jagat + pati: master of the moving world.
- viṣṇuṃ (विष्णुं)
- The pervading one
- Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- sarvasraṣṭāram (सर्वस्रष्टारम्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- īśvaram (ईश्वरम्)
- the capable ruler
- From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner.
- nārcayiṣyanti (नार्चयिष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pāṣaṇḍopahatā (पाषण्डोपहता)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- narāḥ (नराः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
किं देवैः किं द्विजैर् वेदैः किं शौचेनाम्बुजन्मना इत्य् एवं विप्र वक्ष्यन्ति पाषण्डोपहता नराः
kiṃkiṃ (किं)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” devaiḥdevaiḥ (देवैः)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” kiṃkiṃ (किं)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” dvijairdvijair (द्विजैर्)dvijair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedaiḥvedaiḥ (वेदैः)Inflected from veda. From vid, “to know.” Knowing; then the Veda as the knowing-text. The word is “knowing,” not a book-title first. kiṃkiṃ (किं)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” śaucenāmbujanmanāśaucenāmbujanmanā (शौचेनाम्बुजन्मना)The core matches the root man, “to think.” ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” vipravipra (विप्र)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra. vakṣyantivakṣyanti (वक्ष्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pāṣaṇḍopahatāpāṣaṇḍopahatā (पाषण्डोपहता)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” narāḥnarāḥ (नराः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
[6.1.50] what shining one what knowing (Veda) what just vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra a man
Word make-up
- kiṃ (किं)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- devaiḥ (देवैः)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- kiṃ (किं)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- dvijair (द्विजैर्)
- dvijair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedaiḥ (वेदैः)
- knowing (Veda)
- Inflected from veda. From vid, “to know.” Knowing; then the Veda as the knowing-text. The word is “knowing,” not a book-title first.
- kiṃ (किं)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- śaucenāmbujanmanā (शौचेनाम्बुजन्मना)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- vipra (विप्र)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra.
- vakṣyanti (वक्ष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- pāṣaṇḍopahatā (पाषण्डोपहता)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- narāḥ (नराः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
स्वल्पाम्बुवृष्टिः पर्जन्यः सस्यं स्वल्पफलं तथा फलं तथाल्पसारं च विप्र प्राप्ते कलौ युगे
svalpāmbuvṛṣṭiḥsvalpāmbuvṛṣṭiḥ (स्वल्पाम्बुवृष्टिः)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” parjanyaḥparjanyaḥ (पर्जन्यः)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” sasyaṃsasyaṃ (सस्यं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” svalpaphalaṃsvalpaphalaṃ (स्वल्पफलं)svalpaphalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” phalaṃphalaṃ (फलं)Fruit; the produce of a deed (from a root of bursting/ripening). Result as fruit, not a score. tathālpasāraṃtathālpasāraṃ (तथाल्पसारं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” vipravipra (विप्र)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra. prāpteprāpte (प्राप्ते)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.51] so fruit and vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra
Word make-up
- svalpāmbuvṛṣṭiḥ (स्वल्पाम्बुवृष्टिः)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- parjanyaḥ (पर्जन्यः)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- sasyaṃ (सस्यं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- svalpaphalaṃ (स्वल्पफलं)
- svalpaphalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- phalaṃ (फलं)
- fruit
- Fruit; the produce of a deed (from a root of bursting/ripening). Result as fruit, not a score.
- tathālpasāraṃ (तथाल्पसारं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- vipra (विप्र)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra.
- prāpte (प्राप्ते)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
शाणीप्रायाणि वस्त्राणि शमीप्राया महीरुहाः शूद्रप्रायास् तथा वर्णा भविष्यन्ति कलौ युगे
śāṇīprāyāṇiśāṇīprāyāṇi (शाणीप्रायाणि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” vastrāṇivastrāṇi (वस्त्राणि)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” śamīprāyāśamīprāyā (शमीप्राया)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” mahīruhāḥmahīruhāḥ (महीरुहाः)mahīruhāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śūdraprāyāsśūdraprāyās (शूद्रप्रायास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” varṇāvarṇā (वर्णा)Inflected from varṇa. From vṛ, “to cover, to choose.” Colour, covering, then class as a covering-name. bhaviṣyantibhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yugeyuge (युगे)yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.52] so colour-class
Word make-up
- śāṇīprāyāṇi (शाणीप्रायाणि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- vastrāṇi (वस्त्राणि)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- śamīprāyā (शमीप्राया)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.”
- mahīruhāḥ (महीरुहाः)
- mahīruhāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śūdraprāyās (शूद्रप्रायास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- varṇā (वर्णा)
- colour-class
- Inflected from varṇa. From vṛ, “to cover, to choose.” Colour, covering, then class as a covering-name.
- bhaviṣyanti (भविष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yuge (युगे)
- yuge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अणुप्रायाणि धान्यानि आजप्रायं तथा पयः भविष्यति कलौ प्राप्ते उशीरं चानुलेपनम्
aṇuprāyāṇiaṇuprāyāṇi (अणुप्रायाणि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + ṇuprāyāṇi. dhānyānidhānyāni (धान्यानि)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” ājaprāyaṃājaprāyaṃ (आजप्रायं)ā- (“unto, fully”) + japrāyaṃ. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” payaḥpayaḥ (पयः)payaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prāpteprāpte (प्राप्ते)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” uśīraṃuśīraṃ (उशीरं)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” cānulepanamcānulepanam (चानुलेपनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[6.1.53] ā- (“unto, fully”) + japrāyaṃ so
Word make-up
- aṇuprāyāṇi (अणुप्रायाणि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + ṇuprāyāṇi.
- dhānyāni (धान्यानि)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- ājaprāyaṃ (आजप्रायं)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + japrāyaṃ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + japrāyaṃ.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- payaḥ (पयः)
- payaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prāpte (प्राप्ते)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- uśīraṃ (उशीरं)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- cānulepanam (चानुलेपनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
श्वश्रूश्वशुरभूयिष्ठा गुरवश् च नृणां कलौ श्यालाद्या हारिभार्याश् च सुहृदो मुनिसत्तम
śvaśrūśvaśurabhūyiṣṭhāśvaśrūśvaśurabhūyiṣṭhā (श्वश्रूश्वशुरभूयिष्ठा)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” guravaśguravaś (गुरवश्)guravaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” nṛṇāṃnṛṇāṃ (नृणां)nṛṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kalaukalau (कलौ)kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śyālādyāśyālādyā (श्यालाद्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” hāribhāryāśhāribhāryāś (हारिभार्याश्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” suhṛdosuhṛdo (सुहृदो)su- (“well, good”) joined to hṛdo. hṛd / hṛdaya: the heart as the inner place (not only the pump). Together the form means su + that sense. munisattamamunisattama (मुनिसत्तम)munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.54] and and heart
Word make-up
- śvaśrūśvaśurabhūyiṣṭhā (श्वश्रूश्वशुरभूयिष्ठा)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- guravaś (गुरवश्)
- guravaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- nṛṇāṃ (नृणां)
- nṛṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kalau (कलौ)
- kalau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śyālādyā (श्यालाद्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- hāribhāryāś (हारिभार्याश्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- suhṛdo (सुहृदो)
- heart
- su- (“well, good”) joined to hṛdo. hṛd / hṛdaya: the heart as the inner place (not only the pump). Together the form means su + that sense.
- munisattama (मुनिसत्तम)
- munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कस्य माता पिता कस्य यदा कर्मात्मकः पुमान् इति चोदाहरिष्यन्ति श्वशुरानुगता नराः
kasyakasya (कस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” mātāmātā (माता)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pitāpitā (पिता)pitṛ: father (the protector/nourisher). kasyakasya (कस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” karmātmakaḥkarmātmakaḥ (कर्मात्मकः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pumānpumān (पुमान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. codāhariṣyanticodāhariṣyanti (चोदाहरिष्यन्ति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” śvaśurānugatāśvaśurānugatā (श्वशुरानुगता)śvaśurānugatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. narāḥnarāḥ (नराः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
[6.1.55] father when thus a man
Word make-up
- kasya (कस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- mātā (माता)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- pitā (पिता)
- father
- pitṛ: father (the protector/nourisher).
- kasya (कस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- karmātmakaḥ (कर्मात्मकः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- pumān (पुमान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- codāhariṣyanti (चोदाहरिष्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- śvaśurānugatā (श्वशुरानुगता)
- śvaśurānugatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- narāḥ (नराः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
वाङ्मनःकायिकैर् दोषैर् अभिभूताः पुनः पुनः नराः पापान्य् अनुदिनं करिष्यन्त्य् अल्पमेधसः
vāṅmanaḥkāyikairvāṅmanaḥkāyikair (वाङ्मनःकायिकैर्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” doṣairdoṣair (दोषैर्)doṣair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. abhibhūtāḥabhibhūtāḥ (अभिभूताः)abhi- (“toward, over, against”) joined to bhūtāḥ. Past participle of bhū: “what has come to be; a being.” Together the form means abhi + that sense. punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” narāḥnarāḥ (नराः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person). pāpānypāpāny (पापान्य्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” anudinaṃanudinaṃ (अनुदिनं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anu- (“along, after”) + dinaṃ. kariṣyantykariṣyanty (करिष्यन्त्य्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” alpamedhasaḥalpamedhasaḥ (अल्पमेधसः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + lpamedhasaḥ.
[6.1.56] what has come to be again again a man
Word make-up
- vāṅmanaḥkāyikair (वाङ्मनःकायिकैर्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- doṣair (दोषैर्)
- doṣair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- abhibhūtāḥ (अभिभूताः)
- what has come to be
- abhi- (“toward, over, against”) joined to bhūtāḥ. Past participle of bhū: “what has come to be; a being.” Together the form means abhi + that sense.
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- narāḥ (नराः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
- pāpāny (पापान्य्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- anudinaṃ (अनुदिनं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” anu- (“along, after”) + dinaṃ.
- kariṣyanty (करिष्यन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- alpamedhasaḥ (अल्पमेधसः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + lpamedhasaḥ.
निःसत्त्वानाम् अशौचानां निर्ह्रीकाणां तथा नृणाम् यद् यद् दुःखाय तत् सर्वं कलिकाले भविष्यति
niḥsattvānāmniḥsattvānām (निःसत्त्वानाम्)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvānām. aśaucānāṃaśaucānāṃ (अशौचानां)a- (“not”) + śaucānāṃ. nirhrīkāṇāṃnirhrīkāṇāṃ (निर्ह्रीकाणां)nir- (“out, without”) + hrīkāṇāṃ. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” nṛṇāmnṛṇām (नृणाम्)nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. duḥkhāyaduḥkhāya (दुःखाय)Inflected from duḥkha. dus- (“ill, hard”) + kha (“space, hole, axle-hole”). Ill-fitting; unease, pain. The opposite of sukha. tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. kalikālekalikāle (कलिकाले)kalikāle is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[6.1.57] ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvānām a- (“not”) + śaucānāṃ nir- (“out, without”) + hrīkāṇāṃ so which which unease that all
Word make-up
- niḥsattvānām (निःसत्त्वानाम्)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvānām
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvānām.
- aśaucānāṃ (अशौचानां)
- a- (“not”) + śaucānāṃ
- a- (“not”) + śaucānāṃ.
- nirhrīkāṇāṃ (निर्ह्रीकाणां)
- nir- (“out, without”) + hrīkāṇāṃ
- nir- (“out, without”) + hrīkāṇāṃ.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- nṛṇām (नृणाम्)
- nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- duḥkhāya (दुःखाय)
- unease
- Inflected from duḥkha. dus- (“ill, hard”) + kha (“space, hole, axle-hole”). Ill-fitting; unease, pain. The opposite of sukha.
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- kalikāle (कलिकाले)
- kalikāle is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
निःस्वाध्यायवषट्कारे स्वधास्वाहाविवर्जिते तदा प्रविरलो विप्र क्वचिल् लोको भविष्यति
niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāreniḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre (निःस्वाध्यायवषट्कारे)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre. svadhāsvāhāvivarjitesvadhāsvāhāvivarjite (स्वधास्वाहाविवर्जिते)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” praviralopraviralo (प्रविरलो)pra- (“forth, forward”) + viralo. vipravipra (विप्र)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra. kvacilkvacil (क्वचिल्)The core matches the root vac, “to speak.” lokoloko (लोको)From lok / ruc, “to see, to shine.” A seen-world; a realm that appears. Not just “people.” bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[6.1.58] then pra- (“forth, forward”) + viralo vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra world
Word make-up
- niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre (निःस्वाध्यायवषट्कारे)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre.
- svadhāsvāhāvivarjite (स्वधास्वाहाविवर्जिते)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- praviralo (प्रविरलो)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + viralo
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + viralo.
- vipra (विप्र)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pra.
- kvacil (क्वचिल्)
- The core matches the root vac, “to speak.”
- loko (लोको)
- world
- From lok / ruc, “to see, to shine.” A seen-world; a realm that appears. Not just “people.”
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
तत्राल्पेनैव यत्नेन पुण्यस्कन्धम् अनुत्तमम् करोति यं कृतयुगे क्रियते तपसा हि सः
tatrālpenaivatatrālpenaiva (तत्राल्पेनैव)tatrālpenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yatnenayatnena (यत्नेन)yatnena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puṇyaskandhampuṇyaskandham (पुण्यस्कन्धम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” anuttamamanuttamam (अनुत्तमम्)an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to uttamam. ud- (“up”) + tama (superlative). The upmost, the highest. Together the form means an + that sense. karotikaroti (करोति)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. yaṃyaṃ (यं)Accusative of yad: “whom, which.” kṛtayugekṛtayuge (कृतयुगे)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” kriyatekriyate (क्रियते)Passive of kṛ: it is done. tapasātapasā (तपसा)From tap, “to heat, to burn.” Heat; the heating of oneself (austerity as inner heat, not grim duty). hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. saḥsaḥ (सः)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
[6.1.59] not upmost doing whom is done heat for he
Word make-up
- tatrālpenaiva (तत्राल्पेनैव)
- tatrālpenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yatnena (यत्नेन)
- yatnena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puṇyaskandham (पुण्यस्कन्धम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- anuttamam (अनुत्तमम्)
- not upmost
- an- (“not,” before vowels) joined to uttamam. ud- (“up”) + tama (superlative). The upmost, the highest. Together the form means an + that sense.
- karoti (करोति)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- yaṃ (यं)
- whom
- Accusative of yad: “whom, which.”
- kṛtayuge (कृतयुगे)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- kriyate (क्रियते)
- is done
- Passive of kṛ: it is done.
- tapasā (तपसा)
- heat
- From tap, “to heat, to burn.” Heat; the heating of oneself (austerity as inner heat, not grim duty).
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- saḥ (सः)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
कीर्तनाद् एव कृष्णस्य मुक्तबन्धो परं व्रजेत्
kīrtanādkīrtanād (कीर्तनाद्)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” kṛṣṇasyakṛṣṇasya (कृष्णस्य)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. muktabandhomuktabandho (मुक्तबन्धो)The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.” paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” vrajetvrajet (व्रजेत्)vrajet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[6.1.39.3] just Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa beyond
Word make-up
- kīrtanād (कीर्तनाद्)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- kṛṣṇasya (कृष्णस्य)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- muktabandho (मुक्तबन्धो)
- The core matches the root bandh, “to bind.”
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- vrajet (व्रजेत्)
- vrajet is used as a grammatical form in this verse.